1 /* 2 ** 2004 April 6 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. 13 ** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. 14 ** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. 15 */ 16 #include "btreeInt.h" 17 18 /* 19 ** The header string that appears at the beginning of every 20 ** SQLite database. 21 */ 22 static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; 23 24 /* 25 ** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE 26 ** macro. 27 */ 28 #if 0 29 int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 30 # define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} 31 #else 32 # define TRACE(X) 33 #endif 34 35 36 37 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 38 /* 39 ** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation 40 ** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, 41 ** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for 42 ** test builds. 43 ** 44 ** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. 45 */ 46 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 47 BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; 48 #else 49 static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; 50 #endif 51 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ 52 53 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 54 /* 55 ** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. 56 ** 57 ** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. 58 ** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to 59 ** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). 60 */ 61 int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ 62 sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; 63 return SQLITE_OK; 64 } 65 #endif 66 67 68 69 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 70 /* 71 ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), 72 ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() 73 ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store 74 ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the 75 ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user 76 ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 77 ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. 78 */ 79 #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK 80 #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK 81 #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) 82 #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) 83 #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1 84 #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 85 #endif 86 87 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 88 89 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 90 /* 91 **** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** 92 ** 93 ** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the 94 ** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. 95 ** 96 ** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via 97 ** Btree connection pBtree: 98 ** 99 ** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); 100 ** 101 ** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the 102 ** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of 103 ** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, 104 ** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine 105 ** the table corresponding to the index being written, this 106 ** function has to search through the database schema. 107 ** 108 ** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may 109 ** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also 110 ** acceptable. 111 */ 112 static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( 113 Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */ 114 Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */ 115 int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */ 116 int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */ 117 ){ 118 Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema; 119 Pgno iTab = 0; 120 BtLock *pLock; 121 122 /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading 123 ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. 124 ** Return true immediately. 125 */ 126 if( (pBtree->sharable==0) 127 || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)) 128 ){ 129 return 1; 130 } 131 132 /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is 133 ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if 134 ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. 135 ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. 136 */ 137 if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ 138 return 1; 139 } 140 141 /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table 142 ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or 143 ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated 144 ** table. */ 145 if( isIndex ){ 146 HashElem *p; 147 for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ 148 Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); 149 if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ 150 iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; 151 } 152 } 153 }else{ 154 iTab = iRoot; 155 } 156 157 /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a 158 ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a 159 ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ 160 for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ 161 if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree 162 && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) 163 && pLock->eLock>=eLockType 164 ){ 165 return 1; 166 } 167 } 168 169 /* Failed to find the required lock. */ 170 return 0; 171 } 172 #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ 173 174 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 175 /* 176 **** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** 177 ** 178 ** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the 179 ** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are 180 ** simultaneously reading that same table or index. 181 ** 182 ** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that 183 ** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing 184 ** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the 185 ** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to 186 ** have a read cursor. 187 ** 188 ** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index 189 ** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: 190 ** 191 ** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); 192 */ 193 static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ 194 BtCursor *p; 195 for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ 196 if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot 197 && p->pBtree!=pBtree 198 && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) 199 ){ 200 return 1; 201 } 202 } 203 return 0; 204 } 205 #endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ 206 207 /* 208 ** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 209 ** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return 210 ** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling 211 ** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. 212 */ 213 static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ 214 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 215 BtLock *pIter; 216 217 assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); 218 assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); 219 assert( p->db!=0 ); 220 assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); 221 222 /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write 223 ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there 224 ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. 225 */ 226 assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); 227 assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); 228 229 /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ 230 if( !p->sharable ){ 231 return SQLITE_OK; 232 } 233 234 /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the 235 ** requested lock may not be obtained. 236 */ 237 if( pBt->pWriter!=p && pBt->isExclusive ){ 238 sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); 239 return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; 240 } 241 242 for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ 243 /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) 244 ** statement is a simplification of: 245 ** 246 ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) 247 ** 248 ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection 249 ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can 250 ** only be a single writer). 251 */ 252 assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); 253 assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); 254 if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ 255 sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); 256 if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ 257 assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); 258 pBt->isPending = 1; 259 } 260 return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; 261 } 262 } 263 return SQLITE_OK; 264 } 265 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ 266 267 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 268 /* 269 ** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used 270 ** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 271 ** WRITE_LOCK. 272 ** 273 ** This function assumes the following: 274 ** 275 ** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable 276 ** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and 277 ** 278 ** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts 279 ** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has 280 ** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). 281 ** 282 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM 283 ** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. 284 */ 285 static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ 286 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 287 BtLock *pLock = 0; 288 BtLock *pIter; 289 290 assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); 291 assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); 292 assert( p->db!=0 ); 293 294 /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to 295 ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained 296 ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master 297 ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ 298 assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); 299 300 /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it 301 ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ 302 assert( p->sharable ); 303 assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); 304 305 /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ 306 for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ 307 if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ 308 pLock = pIter; 309 break; 310 } 311 } 312 313 /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p 314 ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. 315 */ 316 if( !pLock ){ 317 pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); 318 if( !pLock ){ 319 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 320 } 321 pLock->iTable = iTable; 322 pLock->pBtree = p; 323 pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; 324 pBt->pLock = pLock; 325 } 326 327 /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock 328 ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held 329 ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. 330 */ 331 assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); 332 if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ 333 pLock->eLock = eLock; 334 } 335 336 return SQLITE_OK; 337 } 338 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ 339 340 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 341 /* 342 ** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to 343 ** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. 344 ** 345 ** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write 346 ** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable 347 ** may be incorrectly cleared. 348 */ 349 static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ 350 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 351 BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; 352 353 assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); 354 assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); 355 assert( p->inTrans>0 ); 356 357 while( *ppIter ){ 358 BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; 359 assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); 360 assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); 361 if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ 362 *ppIter = pLock->pNext; 363 assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); 364 if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ 365 sqlite3_free(pLock); 366 } 367 }else{ 368 ppIter = &pLock->pNext; 369 } 370 } 371 372 assert( pBt->isPending==0 || pBt->pWriter ); 373 if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ 374 pBt->pWriter = 0; 375 pBt->isExclusive = 0; 376 pBt->isPending = 0; 377 }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ 378 /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its 379 ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not 380 ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other 381 ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case 382 ** set the isPending flag to 0. 383 ** 384 ** If there is not currently a writer, then BtShared.isPending must 385 ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. 386 */ 387 pBt->isPending = 0; 388 } 389 } 390 391 /* 392 ** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. 393 */ 394 static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ 395 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 396 if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ 397 BtLock *pLock; 398 pBt->pWriter = 0; 399 pBt->isExclusive = 0; 400 pBt->isPending = 0; 401 for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ 402 assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); 403 pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; 404 } 405 } 406 } 407 408 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ 409 410 static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ 411 412 /* 413 ***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** 414 ** 415 ** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared 416 */ 417 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 418 static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ 419 return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); 420 } 421 #endif 422 423 424 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB 425 /* 426 ** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any. 427 */ 428 static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){ 429 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 430 sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); 431 pCur->aOverflow = 0; 432 } 433 434 /* 435 ** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened 436 ** on the shared btree structure pBt. 437 */ 438 static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ 439 BtCursor *p; 440 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 441 for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ 442 invalidateOverflowCache(p); 443 } 444 } 445 446 /* 447 ** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table 448 ** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the 449 ** row or one of the rows being modified. 450 ** 451 ** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the 452 ** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob 453 ** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. 454 ** 455 ** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with 456 ** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate 457 ** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. 458 */ 459 static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( 460 Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ 461 i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ 462 int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ 463 ){ 464 BtCursor *p; 465 BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; 466 assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); 467 for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ 468 if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){ 469 p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; 470 } 471 } 472 } 473 474 #else 475 /* Stub functions when INCRBLOB is omitted */ 476 #define invalidateOverflowCache(x) 477 #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x) 478 #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z) 479 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ 480 481 /* 482 ** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called 483 ** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf 484 ** page. 485 ** 486 ** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure 487 ** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding 488 ** free-list leaf pages: 489 ** 490 ** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes 491 ** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database 492 ** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes 493 ** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, 494 ** why bother journalling it?). 495 ** 496 ** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read 497 ** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it 498 ** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). 499 ** 500 ** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy 501 ** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if 502 ** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same 503 ** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when 504 ** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it 505 ** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data 506 ** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible 507 ** to restore the database to its original configuration. 508 ** 509 ** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is 510 ** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is 511 ** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, 512 ** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already 513 ** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared 514 ** at the end of every transaction. 515 */ 516 static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ 517 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 518 if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ 519 assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage ); 520 pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage); 521 if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ 522 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 523 } 524 } 525 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ 526 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); 527 } 528 return rc; 529 } 530 531 /* 532 ** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. 533 ** 534 ** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the 535 ** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the 536 ** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. 537 */ 538 static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ 539 Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; 540 return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); 541 } 542 543 /* 544 ** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be 545 ** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. 546 */ 547 static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ 548 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); 549 pBt->pHasContent = 0; 550 } 551 552 /* 553 ** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 554 ** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. 555 ** 556 ** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) 557 ** prior to calling this routine. 558 */ 559 static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ 560 int rc; 561 562 assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); 563 assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); 564 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 565 566 rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); 567 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */ 568 569 /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() 570 ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is 571 ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey 572 ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 573 ** data. 574 */ 575 if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ 576 void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey ); 577 if( pKey ){ 578 rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); 579 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 580 pCur->pKey = pKey; 581 }else{ 582 sqlite3_free(pKey); 583 } 584 }else{ 585 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 586 } 587 } 588 assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); 589 590 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 591 int i; 592 for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ 593 releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); 594 pCur->apPage[i] = 0; 595 } 596 pCur->iPage = -1; 597 pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; 598 } 599 600 invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); 601 return rc; 602 } 603 604 /* 605 ** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on 606 ** the table with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor 607 ** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). 608 */ 609 static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ 610 BtCursor *p; 611 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 612 assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); 613 for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ 614 if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && 615 p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ 616 int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); 617 if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ 618 return rc; 619 } 620 } 621 } 622 return SQLITE_OK; 623 } 624 625 /* 626 ** Clear the current cursor position. 627 */ 628 void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ 629 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 630 sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); 631 pCur->pKey = 0; 632 pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; 633 } 634 635 /* 636 ** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record 637 ** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the 638 ** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. 639 */ 640 static int btreeMoveto( 641 BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ 642 const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ 643 i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ 644 int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ 645 int *pRes /* Write search results here */ 646 ){ 647 int rc; /* Status code */ 648 UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ 649 char aSpace[150]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ 650 651 if( pKey ){ 652 assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); 653 pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, 654 aSpace, sizeof(aSpace)); 655 if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; 656 }else{ 657 pIdxKey = 0; 658 } 659 rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); 660 if( pKey ){ 661 sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey); 662 } 663 return rc; 664 } 665 666 /* 667 ** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) 668 ** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 669 ** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be 670 ** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each 671 ** saveCursorPosition(). 672 */ 673 static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ 674 int rc; 675 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 676 assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); 677 if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ 678 return pCur->skipNext; 679 } 680 pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; 681 rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext); 682 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 683 sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); 684 pCur->pKey = 0; 685 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); 686 } 687 return rc; 688 } 689 690 #define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ 691 (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ 692 btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ 693 SQLITE_OK) 694 695 /* 696 ** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it 697 ** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing 698 ** at is deleted out from under them. 699 ** 700 ** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The 701 ** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not. 702 */ 703 int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){ 704 int rc; 705 706 rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); 707 if( rc ){ 708 *pHasMoved = 1; 709 return rc; 710 } 711 if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){ 712 *pHasMoved = 1; 713 }else{ 714 *pHasMoved = 0; 715 } 716 return SQLITE_OK; 717 } 718 719 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 720 /* 721 ** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page 722 ** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the 723 ** input page number. 724 */ 725 static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ 726 int nPagesPerMapPage; 727 Pgno iPtrMap, ret; 728 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 729 nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; 730 iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; 731 ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 732 if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ 733 ret++; 734 } 735 return ret; 736 } 737 738 /* 739 ** Write an entry into the pointer map. 740 ** 741 ** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' 742 ** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. 743 ** 744 ** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is 745 ** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written 746 ** into *pRC. 747 */ 748 static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ 749 DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ 750 u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ 751 Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ 752 int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ 753 int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ 754 755 if( *pRC ) return; 756 757 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 758 /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ 759 assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); 760 761 assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); 762 if( key==0 ){ 763 *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 764 return; 765 } 766 iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); 767 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); 768 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 769 *pRC = rc; 770 return; 771 } 772 offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); 773 if( offset<0 ){ 774 *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 775 goto ptrmap_exit; 776 } 777 pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); 778 779 if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ 780 TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); 781 *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); 782 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 783 pPtrmap[offset] = eType; 784 put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); 785 } 786 } 787 788 ptrmap_exit: 789 sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); 790 } 791 792 /* 793 ** Read an entry from the pointer map. 794 ** 795 ** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing 796 ** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. 797 ** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. 798 */ 799 static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ 800 DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ 801 int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ 802 u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ 803 int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ 804 int rc; 805 806 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 807 808 iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); 809 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); 810 if( rc!=0 ){ 811 return rc; 812 } 813 pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); 814 815 offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); 816 assert( pEType!=0 ); 817 *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; 818 if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); 819 820 sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); 821 if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 822 return SQLITE_OK; 823 } 824 825 #else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ 826 #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) 827 #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK 828 #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) 829 #endif 830 831 /* 832 ** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on 833 ** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer 834 ** to the cell content. 835 ** 836 ** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. 837 */ 838 #define findCell(P,I) \ 839 ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)]))) 840 841 /* 842 ** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for 843 ** pages that do contain overflow cells. 844 */ 845 static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ 846 int i; 847 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 848 for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ 849 int k; 850 struct _OvflCell *pOvfl; 851 pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i]; 852 k = pOvfl->idx; 853 if( k<=iCell ){ 854 if( k==iCell ){ 855 return pOvfl->pCell; 856 } 857 iCell--; 858 } 859 } 860 return findCell(pPage, iCell); 861 } 862 863 /* 864 ** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There 865 ** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a 866 ** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() 867 ** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. 868 ** 869 ** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of 870 ** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. 871 */ 872 static void btreeParseCellPtr( 873 MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ 874 u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ 875 CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ 876 ){ 877 u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ 878 u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ 879 880 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 881 882 pInfo->pCell = pCell; 883 assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); 884 n = pPage->childPtrSize; 885 assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); 886 if( pPage->intKey ){ 887 if( pPage->hasData ){ 888 n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); 889 }else{ 890 nPayload = 0; 891 } 892 n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); 893 pInfo->nData = nPayload; 894 }else{ 895 pInfo->nData = 0; 896 n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); 897 pInfo->nKey = nPayload; 898 } 899 pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; 900 pInfo->nHeader = n; 901 testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); 902 testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); 903 if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){ 904 /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits 905 ** on the local page. No overflow is required. 906 */ 907 int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */ 908 nSize = nPayload + n; 909 pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; 910 pInfo->iOverflow = 0; 911 if( (nSize & ~3)==0 ){ 912 nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ 913 } 914 pInfo->nSize = (u16)nSize; 915 }else{ 916 /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have 917 ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto 918 ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused 919 ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage 920 ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. 921 ** 922 ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any 923 ** way will result in an incompatible file format. 924 */ 925 int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ 926 int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ 927 int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ 928 929 minLocal = pPage->minLocal; 930 maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; 931 surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); 932 testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); 933 testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); 934 if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ 935 pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; 936 }else{ 937 pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; 938 } 939 pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n); 940 pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; 941 } 942 } 943 #define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ 944 btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) 945 static void btreeParseCell( 946 MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ 947 int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ 948 CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ 949 ){ 950 parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); 951 } 952 953 /* 954 ** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell 955 ** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell 956 ** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or 957 ** the space used by the cell pointer. 958 */ 959 static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ 960 u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize]; 961 u32 nSize; 962 963 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 964 /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as 965 ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the 966 ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of 967 ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ 968 CellInfo debuginfo; 969 btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); 970 #endif 971 972 if( pPage->intKey ){ 973 u8 *pEnd; 974 if( pPage->hasData ){ 975 pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize); 976 }else{ 977 nSize = 0; 978 } 979 980 /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 981 ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte 982 ** past the end of the key value. */ 983 pEnd = &pIter[9]; 984 while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd ); 985 }else{ 986 pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize); 987 } 988 989 testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); 990 testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); 991 if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ 992 int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; 993 nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); 994 testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); 995 testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); 996 if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ 997 nSize = minLocal; 998 } 999 nSize += 4; 1000 } 1001 nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); 1002 1003 /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */ 1004 if( nSize<4 ){ 1005 nSize = 4; 1006 } 1007 1008 assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize ); 1009 return (u16)nSize; 1010 } 1011 1012 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1013 /* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements 1014 ** only. */ 1015 static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ 1016 return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); 1017 } 1018 #endif 1019 1020 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 1021 /* 1022 ** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer 1023 ** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map 1024 ** for the overflow page. 1025 */ 1026 static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ 1027 CellInfo info; 1028 if( *pRC ) return; 1029 assert( pCell!=0 ); 1030 btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); 1031 assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); 1032 if( info.iOverflow ){ 1033 Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); 1034 ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); 1035 } 1036 } 1037 #endif 1038 1039 1040 /* 1041 ** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the 1042 ** end of the page and all free space is collected into one 1043 ** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell 1044 ** pointer array and the cell content area. 1045 */ 1046 static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ 1047 int i; /* Loop counter */ 1048 int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ 1049 int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ 1050 int size; /* Size of a cell */ 1051 int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ 1052 int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ 1053 int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ 1054 int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ 1055 unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ 1056 unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ 1057 int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ 1058 int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ 1059 1060 1061 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 1062 assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); 1063 assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); 1064 assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); 1065 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 1066 temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); 1067 data = pPage->aData; 1068 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; 1069 cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; 1070 nCell = pPage->nCell; 1071 assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); 1072 usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; 1073 cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); 1074 memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk); 1075 cbrk = usableSize; 1076 iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; 1077 iCellLast = usableSize - 4; 1078 for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ 1079 u8 *pAddr; /* The i-th cell pointer */ 1080 pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2]; 1081 pc = get2byte(pAddr); 1082 testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); 1083 testcase( pc==iCellLast ); 1084 #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) 1085 /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage() 1086 ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined 1087 */ 1088 if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){ 1089 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1090 } 1091 #endif 1092 assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); 1093 size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); 1094 cbrk -= size; 1095 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) 1096 if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){ 1097 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1098 } 1099 #else 1100 if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){ 1101 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1102 } 1103 #endif 1104 assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); 1105 testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); 1106 testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); 1107 memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size); 1108 put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); 1109 } 1110 assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); 1111 put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); 1112 data[hdr+1] = 0; 1113 data[hdr+2] = 0; 1114 data[hdr+7] = 0; 1115 memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); 1116 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 1117 if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ 1118 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1119 } 1120 return SQLITE_OK; 1121 } 1122 1123 /* 1124 ** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed 1125 ** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[] 1126 ** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or 1127 ** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT). 1128 ** 1129 ** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the 1130 ** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring 1131 ** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using 1132 ** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this 1133 ** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will 1134 ** also end up needing a new cell pointer. 1135 */ 1136 static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ 1137 const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ 1138 u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ 1139 int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */ 1140 int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ 1141 int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ 1142 int rc; /* Integer return code */ 1143 int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */ 1144 1145 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 1146 assert( pPage->pBt ); 1147 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 1148 assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ 1149 assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); 1150 assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); 1151 usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; 1152 assert( nByte < usableSize-8 ); 1153 1154 nFrag = data[hdr+7]; 1155 assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); 1156 gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; 1157 top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); 1158 if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1159 testcase( gap+2==top ); 1160 testcase( gap+1==top ); 1161 testcase( gap==top ); 1162 1163 if( nFrag>=60 ){ 1164 /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */ 1165 rc = defragmentPage(pPage); 1166 if( rc ) return rc; 1167 top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); 1168 }else if( gap+2<=top ){ 1169 /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy 1170 ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in 1171 ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it. 1172 */ 1173 int pc, addr; 1174 for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){ 1175 int size; /* Size of the free slot */ 1176 if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){ 1177 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1178 } 1179 size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); 1180 if( size>=nByte ){ 1181 int x = size - nByte; 1182 testcase( x==4 ); 1183 testcase( x==3 ); 1184 if( x<4 ){ 1185 /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of 1186 ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ 1187 memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2); 1188 data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x); 1189 }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){ 1190 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1191 }else{ 1192 /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account 1193 ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ 1194 put2byte(&data[pc+2], x); 1195 } 1196 *pIdx = pc + x; 1197 return SQLITE_OK; 1198 } 1199 } 1200 } 1201 1202 /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy 1203 ** the allocation. If not, defragment. 1204 */ 1205 testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); 1206 if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ 1207 rc = defragmentPage(pPage); 1208 if( rc ) return rc; 1209 top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); 1210 assert( gap+nByte<=top ); 1211 } 1212 1213 1214 /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array 1215 ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already 1216 ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there 1217 ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. 1218 ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. 1219 */ 1220 top -= nByte; 1221 put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); 1222 assert( top+nByte <= pPage->pBt->usableSize ); 1223 *pIdx = top; 1224 return SQLITE_OK; 1225 } 1226 1227 /* 1228 ** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. 1229 ** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] 1230 ** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. 1231 ** 1232 ** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent 1233 ** free blocks into a single big free block. 1234 */ 1235 static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ 1236 int addr, pbegin, hdr; 1237 int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */ 1238 unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; 1239 1240 assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); 1241 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 1242 assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); 1243 assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize ); 1244 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 1245 assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ 1246 1247 if( pPage->pBt->secureDelete ){ 1248 /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete 1249 ** option is enabled */ 1250 memset(&data[start], 0, size); 1251 } 1252 1253 /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that 1254 ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), 1255 ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or 1256 ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the 1257 ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these 1258 ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt 1259 ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning 1260 ** the freelist. 1261 */ 1262 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; 1263 addr = hdr + 1; 1264 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4; 1265 assert( start<=iLast ); 1266 while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){ 1267 if( pbegin<addr+4 ){ 1268 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1269 } 1270 addr = pbegin; 1271 } 1272 if( pbegin>iLast ){ 1273 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1274 } 1275 assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); 1276 put2byte(&data[addr], start); 1277 put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); 1278 put2byte(&data[start+2], size); 1279 pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size; 1280 1281 /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ 1282 addr = hdr + 1; 1283 while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ 1284 int pnext, psize, x; 1285 assert( pbegin>addr ); 1286 assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); 1287 pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); 1288 psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); 1289 if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ 1290 int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); 1291 if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){ 1292 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1293 } 1294 data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag; 1295 x = get2byte(&data[pnext]); 1296 put2byte(&data[pbegin], x); 1297 x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin; 1298 put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x); 1299 }else{ 1300 addr = pbegin; 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ 1305 if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ 1306 int top; 1307 pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); 1308 memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); 1309 top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); 1310 put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); 1311 } 1312 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 1313 return SQLITE_OK; 1314 } 1315 1316 /* 1317 ** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page 1318 ** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. 1319 ** 1320 ** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different 1321 ** indicates a corrupt database files: 1322 ** 1323 ** PTF_ZERODATA 1324 ** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF 1325 ** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY 1326 ** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF 1327 */ 1328 static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ 1329 BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ 1330 1331 assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); 1332 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 1333 pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); 1334 flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; 1335 pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; 1336 pBt = pPage->pBt; 1337 if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ 1338 pPage->intKey = 1; 1339 pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf; 1340 pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; 1341 pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; 1342 }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ 1343 pPage->intKey = 0; 1344 pPage->hasData = 0; 1345 pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; 1346 pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; 1347 }else{ 1348 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1349 } 1350 return SQLITE_OK; 1351 } 1352 1353 /* 1354 ** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. 1355 ** 1356 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does 1357 ** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 1358 ** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not 1359 ** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that 1360 ** we failed to detect any corruption. 1361 */ 1362 static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ 1363 1364 assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); 1365 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 1366 assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); 1367 assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); 1368 assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); 1369 1370 if( !pPage->isInit ){ 1371 u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ 1372 u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ 1373 u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ 1374 BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ 1375 u16 usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ 1376 u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ 1377 u16 nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ 1378 u16 top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ 1379 int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ 1380 int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ 1381 1382 pBt = pPage->pBt; 1383 1384 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; 1385 data = pPage->aData; 1386 if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1387 assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 ); 1388 pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1; 1389 pPage->nOverflow = 0; 1390 usableSize = pBt->usableSize; 1391 pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; 1392 top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); 1393 pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); 1394 if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ 1395 /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ 1396 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1397 } 1398 testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); 1399 1400 /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end 1401 ** of page when parsing a cell. 1402 ** 1403 ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends 1404 ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be 1405 ** returned if it does. 1406 */ 1407 iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; 1408 iCellLast = usableSize - 4; 1409 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) 1410 { 1411 int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ 1412 int sz; /* Size of a cell */ 1413 1414 if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; 1415 for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){ 1416 pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); 1417 testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); 1418 testcase( pc==iCellLast ); 1419 if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){ 1420 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1421 } 1422 sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]); 1423 testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); 1424 if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ 1425 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1426 } 1427 } 1428 if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; 1429 } 1430 #endif 1431 1432 /* Compute the total free space on the page */ 1433 pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); 1434 nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; 1435 while( pc>0 ){ 1436 u16 next, size; 1437 if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){ 1438 /* Start of free block is off the page */ 1439 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1440 } 1441 next = get2byte(&data[pc]); 1442 size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); 1443 if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){ 1444 /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of 1445 ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */ 1446 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1447 } 1448 nFree = nFree + size; 1449 pc = next; 1450 } 1451 1452 /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start 1453 ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within 1454 ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size 1455 ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also 1456 ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content 1457 ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. 1458 */ 1459 if( nFree>usableSize ){ 1460 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1461 } 1462 pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); 1463 pPage->isInit = 1; 1464 } 1465 return SQLITE_OK; 1466 } 1467 1468 /* 1469 ** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding 1470 ** no entries. 1471 */ 1472 static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ 1473 unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; 1474 BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; 1475 u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; 1476 u16 first; 1477 1478 assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); 1479 assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); 1480 assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); 1481 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 1482 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 1483 if( pBt->secureDelete ){ 1484 memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); 1485 } 1486 data[hdr] = (char)flags; 1487 first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0); 1488 memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); 1489 data[hdr+7] = 0; 1490 put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); 1491 pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first; 1492 decodeFlags(pPage, flags); 1493 pPage->hdrOffset = hdr; 1494 pPage->cellOffset = first; 1495 pPage->nOverflow = 0; 1496 assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 ); 1497 pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1; 1498 pPage->nCell = 0; 1499 pPage->isInit = 1; 1500 } 1501 1502 1503 /* 1504 ** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by 1505 ** the btree layer. 1506 */ 1507 static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ 1508 MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); 1509 pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); 1510 pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; 1511 pPage->pBt = pBt; 1512 pPage->pgno = pgno; 1513 pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; 1514 return pPage; 1515 } 1516 1517 /* 1518 ** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and 1519 ** MemPage.aData elements if needed. 1520 ** 1521 ** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about 1522 ** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk 1523 ** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. 1524 ** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that 1525 ** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk 1526 ** read should occur at that point. 1527 */ 1528 static int btreeGetPage( 1529 BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ 1530 Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ 1531 MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ 1532 int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */ 1533 ){ 1534 int rc; 1535 DbPage *pDbPage; 1536 1537 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 1538 rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent); 1539 if( rc ) return rc; 1540 *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); 1541 return SQLITE_OK; 1542 } 1543 1544 /* 1545 ** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not 1546 ** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and 1547 ** MemPage.aData elements if needed. 1548 */ 1549 static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ 1550 DbPage *pDbPage; 1551 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 1552 pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); 1553 if( pDbPage ){ 1554 return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); 1555 } 1556 return 0; 1557 } 1558 1559 /* 1560 ** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of 1561 ** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). 1562 */ 1563 static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ 1564 return pBt->nPage; 1565 } 1566 u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ 1567 assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); 1568 assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 ); 1569 return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt); 1570 } 1571 1572 /* 1573 ** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a 1574 ** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 1575 ** btreeInitPage(). 1576 ** 1577 ** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It 1578 ** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. 1579 */ 1580 static int getAndInitPage( 1581 BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ 1582 Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ 1583 MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */ 1584 ){ 1585 int rc; 1586 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 1587 1588 if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ 1589 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 1590 }else{ 1591 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0); 1592 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1593 rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); 1594 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 1595 releasePage(*ppPage); 1596 } 1597 } 1598 } 1599 1600 testcase( pgno==0 ); 1601 assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); 1602 return rc; 1603 } 1604 1605 /* 1606 ** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior 1607 ** call to btreeGetPage. 1608 */ 1609 static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ 1610 if( pPage ){ 1611 assert( pPage->aData ); 1612 assert( pPage->pBt ); 1613 assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); 1614 assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); 1615 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 1616 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 /* 1621 ** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache 1622 ** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of 1623 ** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. 1624 ** 1625 ** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the 1626 ** page to agree with the restored data. 1627 */ 1628 static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ 1629 MemPage *pPage; 1630 pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); 1631 assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); 1632 if( pPage->isInit ){ 1633 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 1634 pPage->isInit = 0; 1635 if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ 1636 /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page 1637 ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following 1638 ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. 1639 ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that 1640 ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make 1641 ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ 1642 btreeInitPage(pPage); 1643 } 1644 } 1645 } 1646 1647 /* 1648 ** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. 1649 */ 1650 static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ 1651 BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; 1652 assert( pBt->db ); 1653 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); 1654 return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); 1655 } 1656 1657 /* 1658 ** Open a database file. 1659 ** 1660 ** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL 1661 ** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named 1662 ** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. 1663 ** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created 1664 ** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. 1665 ** 1666 ** If the database is already opened in the same database connection 1667 ** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an 1668 ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared 1669 ** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead 1670 ** to problems with locking. 1671 */ 1672 int sqlite3BtreeOpen( 1673 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ 1674 sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ 1675 Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ 1676 int flags, /* Options */ 1677 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 1678 ){ 1679 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS to use for this btree */ 1680 BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ 1681 Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ 1682 sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ 1683 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ 1684 u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ 1685 unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ 1686 1687 /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 1688 ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if 1689 ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled 1690 ** into the library. 1691 */ 1692 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) 1693 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 1694 const int isMemdb = 0; 1695 #else 1696 const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:"); 1697 #endif 1698 #endif 1699 1700 assert( db!=0 ); 1701 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); 1702 1703 pVfs = db->pVfs; 1704 p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); 1705 if( !p ){ 1706 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 1707 } 1708 p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; 1709 p->db = db; 1710 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 1711 p->lock.pBtree = p; 1712 p->lock.iTable = 1; 1713 #endif 1714 1715 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) 1716 /* 1717 ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an 1718 ** existing BtShared object that we can share with 1719 */ 1720 if( isMemdb==0 && zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 1721 if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ 1722 int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 1723 char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname); 1724 sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; 1725 p->sharable = 1; 1726 if( !zFullPathname ){ 1727 sqlite3_free(p); 1728 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 1729 } 1730 sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname); 1731 mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); 1732 sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); 1733 mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); 1734 sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); 1735 for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ 1736 assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); 1737 if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) 1738 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ 1739 int iDb; 1740 for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){ 1741 Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; 1742 if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){ 1743 sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); 1744 sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); 1745 sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); 1746 sqlite3_free(p); 1747 return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; 1748 } 1749 } 1750 p->pBt = pBt; 1751 pBt->nRef++; 1752 break; 1753 } 1754 } 1755 sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); 1756 sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); 1757 } 1758 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1759 else{ 1760 /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable 1761 ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and 1762 ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) 1763 ** statements to find locking problems. 1764 */ 1765 p->sharable = 1; 1766 } 1767 #endif 1768 } 1769 #endif 1770 if( pBt==0 ){ 1771 /* 1772 ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are 1773 ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result 1774 ** when compiling on a different architecture. 1775 */ 1776 assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); 1777 assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); 1778 assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); 1779 assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); 1780 assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); 1781 1782 pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); 1783 if( pBt==0 ){ 1784 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 1785 goto btree_open_out; 1786 } 1787 rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, 1788 EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); 1789 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1790 rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); 1791 } 1792 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 1793 goto btree_open_out; 1794 } 1795 pBt->db = db; 1796 sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); 1797 p->pBt = pBt; 1798 1799 pBt->pCursor = 0; 1800 pBt->pPage1 = 0; 1801 pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager); 1802 #ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE 1803 pBt->secureDelete = 1; 1804 #endif 1805 pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]); 1806 if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 1807 || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ 1808 pBt->pageSize = 0; 1809 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 1810 /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then 1811 ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if 1812 ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if 1813 ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a 1814 ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. 1815 */ 1816 if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ 1817 pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); 1818 pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); 1819 } 1820 #endif 1821 nReserve = 0; 1822 }else{ 1823 nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; 1824 pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; 1825 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 1826 pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); 1827 pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); 1828 #endif 1829 } 1830 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); 1831 if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; 1832 pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; 1833 assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ 1834 1835 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) 1836 /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. 1837 */ 1838 if( p->sharable ){ 1839 sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; 1840 pBt->nRef = 1; 1841 mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); 1842 if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ 1843 pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); 1844 if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ 1845 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 1846 db->mallocFailed = 0; 1847 goto btree_open_out; 1848 } 1849 } 1850 sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); 1851 pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); 1852 GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; 1853 sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); 1854 } 1855 #endif 1856 } 1857 1858 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) 1859 /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new 1860 ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. 1861 ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. 1862 */ 1863 if( p->sharable ){ 1864 int i; 1865 Btree *pSib; 1866 for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 1867 if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ 1868 while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } 1869 if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){ 1870 p->pNext = pSib; 1871 p->pPrev = 0; 1872 pSib->pPrev = p; 1873 }else{ 1874 while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){ 1875 pSib = pSib->pNext; 1876 } 1877 p->pNext = pSib->pNext; 1878 p->pPrev = pSib; 1879 if( p->pNext ){ 1880 p->pNext->pPrev = p; 1881 } 1882 pSib->pNext = p; 1883 } 1884 break; 1885 } 1886 } 1887 } 1888 #endif 1889 *ppBtree = p; 1890 1891 btree_open_out: 1892 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 1893 if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ 1894 sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); 1895 } 1896 sqlite3_free(pBt); 1897 sqlite3_free(p); 1898 *ppBtree = 0; 1899 } 1900 if( mutexOpen ){ 1901 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); 1902 sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); 1903 } 1904 return rc; 1905 } 1906 1907 /* 1908 ** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, 1909 ** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return 1910 ** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return 1911 ** false if it is still positive. 1912 */ 1913 static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ 1914 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 1915 sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; 1916 BtShared *pList; 1917 int removed = 0; 1918 1919 assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); 1920 pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); 1921 sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); 1922 pBt->nRef--; 1923 if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ 1924 if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ 1925 GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; 1926 }else{ 1927 pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); 1928 while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ 1929 pList=pList->pNext; 1930 } 1931 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 1932 pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; 1933 } 1934 } 1935 if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ 1936 sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); 1937 } 1938 removed = 1; 1939 } 1940 sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); 1941 return removed; 1942 #else 1943 return 1; 1944 #endif 1945 } 1946 1947 /* 1948 ** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 1949 ** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes. 1950 */ 1951 static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ 1952 if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ 1953 pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); 1954 } 1955 } 1956 1957 /* 1958 ** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation 1959 */ 1960 static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ 1961 sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace); 1962 pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; 1963 } 1964 1965 /* 1966 ** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. 1967 */ 1968 int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ 1969 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 1970 BtCursor *pCur; 1971 1972 /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ 1973 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); 1974 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 1975 pCur = pBt->pCursor; 1976 while( pCur ){ 1977 BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; 1978 pCur = pCur->pNext; 1979 if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ 1980 sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); 1981 } 1982 } 1983 1984 /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. 1985 ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by 1986 ** this handle. 1987 */ 1988 sqlite3BtreeRollback(p); 1989 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 1990 1991 /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree 1992 ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 1993 ** up the shared-btree. 1994 */ 1995 assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); 1996 if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ 1997 /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access 1998 ** it without having to hold the mutex. 1999 ** 2000 ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. 2001 */ 2002 assert( !pBt->pCursor ); 2003 sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); 2004 if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ 2005 pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); 2006 } 2007 sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema); 2008 freeTempSpace(pBt); 2009 sqlite3_free(pBt); 2010 } 2011 2012 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 2013 assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); 2014 assert( p->locked==0 ); 2015 if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; 2016 if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; 2017 #endif 2018 2019 sqlite3_free(p); 2020 return SQLITE_OK; 2021 } 2022 2023 /* 2024 ** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. 2025 ** 2026 ** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute 2027 ** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will 2028 ** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s 2029 ** to insure data is written to the disk surface before 2030 ** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, 2031 ** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program 2032 ** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is 2033 ** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database 2034 ** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. 2035 ** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not 2036 ** normally a worry. 2037 */ 2038 int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ 2039 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 2040 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); 2041 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2042 sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); 2043 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2044 return SQLITE_OK; 2045 } 2046 2047 /* 2048 ** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease 2049 ** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power 2050 ** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and 2051 ** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There 2052 ** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the 2053 ** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. 2054 */ 2055 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 2056 int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){ 2057 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 2058 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); 2059 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2060 sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync); 2061 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2062 return SQLITE_OK; 2063 } 2064 #endif 2065 2066 /* 2067 ** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other 2068 ** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. 2069 */ 2070 int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ 2071 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 2072 int rc; 2073 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); 2074 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2075 assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); 2076 rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); 2077 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2078 return rc; 2079 } 2080 2081 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) 2082 /* 2083 ** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. 2084 ** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY 2085 ** without changing anything. 2086 ** 2087 ** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page 2088 ** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not 2089 ** changed. 2090 ** 2091 ** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region 2092 ** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, 2093 ** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur 2094 ** at the beginning of a page. 2095 ** 2096 ** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved 2097 ** bytes per page is left unchanged. 2098 ** 2099 ** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size 2100 ** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. 2101 */ 2102 int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ 2103 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2104 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 2105 assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); 2106 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2107 if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){ 2108 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2109 return SQLITE_READONLY; 2110 } 2111 if( nReserve<0 ){ 2112 nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; 2113 } 2114 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); 2115 if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && 2116 ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ 2117 assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); 2118 assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); 2119 pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize; 2120 freeTempSpace(pBt); 2121 } 2122 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); 2123 pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; 2124 if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; 2125 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2126 return rc; 2127 } 2128 2129 /* 2130 ** Return the currently defined page size 2131 */ 2132 int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ 2133 return p->pBt->pageSize; 2134 } 2135 2136 /* 2137 ** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that 2138 ** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is 2139 ** sometimes used by extensions. 2140 */ 2141 int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ 2142 int n; 2143 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2144 n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; 2145 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2146 return n; 2147 } 2148 2149 /* 2150 ** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. 2151 ** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. 2152 ** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. 2153 */ 2154 int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ 2155 int n; 2156 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2157 n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); 2158 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2159 return n; 2160 } 2161 2162 /* 2163 ** Set the secureDelete flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1, 2164 ** then make no changes. Always return the value of the secureDelete 2165 ** setting after the change. 2166 */ 2167 int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ 2168 int b; 2169 if( p==0 ) return 0; 2170 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2171 if( newFlag>=0 ){ 2172 p->pBt->secureDelete = (newFlag!=0) ? 1 : 0; 2173 } 2174 b = p->pBt->secureDelete; 2175 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2176 return b; 2177 } 2178 #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ 2179 2180 /* 2181 ** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' 2182 ** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it 2183 ** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 2184 ** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. 2185 */ 2186 int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ 2187 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 2188 return SQLITE_READONLY; 2189 #else 2190 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 2191 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2192 u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; 2193 2194 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2195 if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ 2196 rc = SQLITE_READONLY; 2197 }else{ 2198 pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; 2199 pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; 2200 } 2201 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2202 return rc; 2203 #endif 2204 } 2205 2206 /* 2207 ** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 2208 ** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. 2209 */ 2210 int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ 2211 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 2212 return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; 2213 #else 2214 int rc; 2215 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2216 rc = ( 2217 (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: 2218 (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: 2219 BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2220 ); 2221 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2222 return rc; 2223 #endif 2224 } 2225 2226 2227 /* 2228 ** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will 2229 ** also acquire a readlock on that file. 2230 ** 2231 ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a 2232 ** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. 2233 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM 2234 ** is returned if we run out of memory. 2235 */ 2236 static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ 2237 int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ 2238 MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */ 2239 int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ 2240 int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 2241 int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */ 2242 2243 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 2244 assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); 2245 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); 2246 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2247 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); 2248 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2249 2250 /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is 2251 ** a valid database file. 2252 */ 2253 nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); 2254 if( (rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile))!=SQLITE_OK ){; 2255 goto page1_init_failed; 2256 } 2257 if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){ 2258 nPage = nPageFile; 2259 } 2260 if( nPage>0 ){ 2261 int pageSize; 2262 int usableSize; 2263 u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; 2264 rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; 2265 if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ 2266 goto page1_init_failed; 2267 } 2268 2269 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2270 if( page1[18]>1 ){ 2271 pBt->readOnly = 1; 2272 } 2273 if( page1[19]>1 ){ 2274 goto page1_init_failed; 2275 } 2276 #else 2277 if( page1[18]>2 ){ 2278 pBt->readOnly = 1; 2279 } 2280 if( page1[19]>2 ){ 2281 goto page1_init_failed; 2282 } 2283 2284 /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed 2285 ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then 2286 ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. 2287 ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is 2288 ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer 2289 ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log 2290 ** file. 2291 */ 2292 if( page1[19]==2 && pBt->doNotUseWAL==0 ){ 2293 int isOpen = 0; 2294 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen); 2295 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2296 goto page1_init_failed; 2297 }else if( isOpen==0 ){ 2298 releasePage(pPage1); 2299 return SQLITE_OK; 2300 } 2301 rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; 2302 } 2303 #endif 2304 2305 /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum 2306 ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data. 2307 ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of 2308 ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. 2309 */ 2310 if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ 2311 goto page1_init_failed; 2312 } 2313 pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]); 2314 if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 || 2315 (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) 2316 ){ 2317 goto page1_init_failed; 2318 } 2319 assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); 2320 usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; 2321 if( pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ 2322 /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size 2323 ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is 2324 ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at 2325 ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function 2326 ** again with the correct page-size. 2327 */ 2328 releasePage(pPage1); 2329 pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize; 2330 pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize; 2331 freeTempSpace(pBt); 2332 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, 2333 pageSize-usableSize); 2334 return rc; 2335 } 2336 if( nPageHeader>nPageFile ){ 2337 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 2338 goto page1_init_failed; 2339 } 2340 if( usableSize<480 ){ 2341 goto page1_init_failed; 2342 } 2343 pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize; 2344 pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize; 2345 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 2346 pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); 2347 pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); 2348 #endif 2349 } 2350 2351 /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for 2352 ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout 2353 ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. 2354 ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: 2355 ** 2-byte pointer to the cell 2356 ** 4-byte child pointer 2357 ** 9-byte nKey value 2358 ** 4-byte nData value 2359 ** 4-byte overflow page pointer 2360 ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as 2361 ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow 2362 ** page pointer. 2363 */ 2364 pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23; 2365 pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23; 2366 pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35; 2367 pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23; 2368 assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); 2369 pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; 2370 pBt->nPage = nPage; 2371 return SQLITE_OK; 2372 2373 page1_init_failed: 2374 releasePage(pPage1); 2375 pBt->pPage1 = 0; 2376 return rc; 2377 } 2378 2379 /* 2380 ** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle 2381 ** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then 2382 ** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 2383 ** has the effect of releasing the read lock. 2384 ** 2385 ** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. 2386 */ 2387 static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ 2388 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 2389 assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); 2390 if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ 2391 assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); 2392 assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); 2393 assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); 2394 releasePage(pBt->pPage1); 2395 pBt->pPage1 = 0; 2396 } 2397 } 2398 2399 /* 2400 ** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file 2401 ** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of 2402 ** the database. 2403 */ 2404 static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ 2405 MemPage *pP1; 2406 unsigned char *data; 2407 int rc; 2408 2409 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 2410 if( pBt->nPage>0 ){ 2411 return SQLITE_OK; 2412 } 2413 pP1 = pBt->pPage1; 2414 assert( pP1!=0 ); 2415 data = pP1->aData; 2416 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); 2417 if( rc ) return rc; 2418 memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); 2419 assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); 2420 put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize); 2421 data[18] = 1; 2422 data[19] = 1; 2423 assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); 2424 data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); 2425 data[21] = 64; 2426 data[22] = 32; 2427 data[23] = 32; 2428 memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); 2429 zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); 2430 pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; 2431 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 2432 assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); 2433 assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); 2434 put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); 2435 put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); 2436 #endif 2437 pBt->nPage = 1; 2438 data[31] = 1; 2439 return SQLITE_OK; 2440 } 2441 2442 /* 2443 ** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction 2444 ** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- 2445 ** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive 2446 ** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed 2447 ** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be 2448 ** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the 2449 ** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. 2450 ** 2451 ** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 2452 ** changes to the database. None of the following routines 2453 ** will work unless a transaction is started first: 2454 ** 2455 ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() 2456 ** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() 2457 ** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() 2458 ** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() 2459 ** sqlite3BtreeInsert() 2460 ** sqlite3BtreeDelete() 2461 ** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() 2462 ** 2463 ** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention 2464 ** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler 2465 ** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not 2466 ** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is 2467 ** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. 2468 ** 2469 ** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has 2470 ** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because 2471 ** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. 2472 ** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be 2473 ** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback 2474 ** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B 2475 ** proceed. 2476 */ 2477 int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ 2478 sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; 2479 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 2480 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2481 2482 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2483 btreeIntegrity(p); 2484 2485 /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it 2486 ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction 2487 ** is requested, this is a no-op. 2488 */ 2489 if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ 2490 goto trans_begun; 2491 } 2492 2493 /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ 2494 if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){ 2495 rc = SQLITE_READONLY; 2496 goto trans_begun; 2497 } 2498 2499 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 2500 /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 2501 ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is 2502 ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. 2503 */ 2504 if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->isPending ){ 2505 pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; 2506 }else if( wrflag>1 ){ 2507 BtLock *pIter; 2508 for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ 2509 if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ 2510 pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; 2511 break; 2512 } 2513 } 2514 } 2515 if( pBlock ){ 2516 sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); 2517 rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; 2518 goto trans_begun; 2519 } 2520 #endif 2521 2522 /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on 2523 ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock 2524 ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ 2525 rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); 2526 if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; 2527 2528 pBt->initiallyEmpty = (u8)(pBt->nPage==0); 2529 do { 2530 /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or 2531 ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() 2532 ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after 2533 ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database 2534 ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update 2535 ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. 2536 */ 2537 while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); 2538 2539 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ 2540 if( pBt->readOnly ){ 2541 rc = SQLITE_READONLY; 2542 }else{ 2543 rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); 2544 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2545 rc = newDatabase(pBt); 2546 } 2547 } 2548 } 2549 2550 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2551 unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); 2552 } 2553 }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && 2554 btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); 2555 2556 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2557 if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ 2558 pBt->nTransaction++; 2559 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 2560 if( p->sharable ){ 2561 assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); 2562 p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; 2563 p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; 2564 pBt->pLock = &p->lock; 2565 } 2566 #endif 2567 } 2568 p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); 2569 if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ 2570 pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; 2571 } 2572 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 2573 if( wrflag ){ 2574 assert( !pBt->pWriter ); 2575 pBt->pWriter = p; 2576 pBt->isExclusive = (u8)(wrflag>1); 2577 } 2578 #endif 2579 } 2580 2581 2582 trans_begun: 2583 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ 2584 /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of 2585 ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and 2586 ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. 2587 */ 2588 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); 2589 } 2590 2591 btreeIntegrity(p); 2592 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2593 return rc; 2594 } 2595 2596 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 2597 2598 /* 2599 ** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if 2600 ** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer 2601 ** map entries for the overflow pages as well. 2602 */ 2603 static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ 2604 int i; /* Counter variable */ 2605 int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ 2606 int rc; /* Return code */ 2607 BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; 2608 u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; 2609 Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; 2610 2611 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 2612 rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); 2613 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2614 goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; 2615 } 2616 nCell = pPage->nCell; 2617 2618 for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ 2619 u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i); 2620 2621 ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc); 2622 2623 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 2624 Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); 2625 ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); 2626 } 2627 } 2628 2629 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 2630 Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); 2631 ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); 2632 } 2633 2634 set_child_ptrmaps_out: 2635 pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; 2636 return rc; 2637 } 2638 2639 /* 2640 ** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so 2641 ** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to 2642 ** be modified, as follows: 2643 ** 2644 ** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 2645 ** page of pPage. 2646 ** 2647 ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow 2648 ** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. 2649 ** 2650 ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next 2651 ** overflow page in the list. 2652 */ 2653 static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ 2654 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 2655 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 2656 if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ 2657 /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ 2658 if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ 2659 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 2660 } 2661 put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); 2662 }else{ 2663 u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; 2664 int i; 2665 int nCell; 2666 2667 btreeInitPage(pPage); 2668 nCell = pPage->nCell; 2669 2670 for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ 2671 u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i); 2672 if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){ 2673 CellInfo info; 2674 btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); 2675 if( info.iOverflow ){ 2676 if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){ 2677 put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo); 2678 break; 2679 } 2680 } 2681 }else{ 2682 if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){ 2683 put4byte(pCell, iTo); 2684 break; 2685 } 2686 } 2687 } 2688 2689 if( i==nCell ){ 2690 if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || 2691 get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ 2692 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 2693 } 2694 put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); 2695 } 2696 2697 pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; 2698 } 2699 return SQLITE_OK; 2700 } 2701 2702 2703 /* 2704 ** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 2705 ** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. 2706 ** 2707 ** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that 2708 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno 2709 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that 2710 ** page. 2711 */ 2712 static int relocatePage( 2713 BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ 2714 MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ 2715 u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ 2716 Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ 2717 Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ 2718 int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */ 2719 ){ 2720 MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ 2721 Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; 2722 Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; 2723 int rc; 2724 2725 assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 2726 eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); 2727 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 2728 assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); 2729 2730 /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ 2731 TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 2732 iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); 2733 rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); 2734 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2735 return rc; 2736 } 2737 pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; 2738 2739 /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells 2740 ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these 2741 ** pages need to be changed. 2742 ** 2743 ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a 2744 ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then 2745 ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. 2746 */ 2747 if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ 2748 rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); 2749 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2750 return rc; 2751 } 2752 }else{ 2753 Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); 2754 if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ 2755 ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); 2756 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2757 return rc; 2758 } 2759 } 2760 } 2761 2762 /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so 2763 ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for 2764 ** iPtrPage. 2765 */ 2766 if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ 2767 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); 2768 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2769 return rc; 2770 } 2771 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); 2772 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2773 releasePage(pPtrPage); 2774 return rc; 2775 } 2776 rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); 2777 releasePage(pPtrPage); 2778 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2779 ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); 2780 } 2781 } 2782 return rc; 2783 } 2784 2785 /* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ 2786 static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); 2787 2788 /* 2789 ** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, 2790 ** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no 2791 ** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. 2792 ** 2793 ** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the 2794 ** database so that the last page of the file currently in use 2795 ** is no longer in use. 2796 ** 2797 ** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes 2798 ** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until 2799 ** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the 2800 ** number of pages the database file will contain after this 2801 ** process is complete. If nFin is zero, it is assumed that 2802 ** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times 2803 ** which may or may not empty the freelist. A full autovacuum 2804 ** has nFin>0. A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0. 2805 */ 2806 static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){ 2807 Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ 2808 int rc; 2809 2810 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 2811 assert( iLastPg>nFin ); 2812 2813 if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ 2814 u8 eType; 2815 Pgno iPtrPage; 2816 2817 nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); 2818 if( nFreeList==0 ){ 2819 return SQLITE_DONE; 2820 } 2821 2822 rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); 2823 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2824 return rc; 2825 } 2826 if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ 2827 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 2828 } 2829 2830 if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ 2831 if( nFin==0 ){ 2832 /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required 2833 ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be 2834 ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 2835 ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. 2836 */ 2837 Pgno iFreePg; 2838 MemPage *pFreePg; 2839 rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1); 2840 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2841 return rc; 2842 } 2843 assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); 2844 releasePage(pFreePg); 2845 } 2846 } else { 2847 Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ 2848 MemPage *pLastPg; 2849 2850 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); 2851 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2852 return rc; 2853 } 2854 2855 /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg 2856 ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. 2857 ** 2858 ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep 2859 ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages 2860 ** of the file is found. 2861 */ 2862 do { 2863 MemPage *pFreePg; 2864 rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0); 2865 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2866 releasePage(pLastPg); 2867 return rc; 2868 } 2869 releasePage(pFreePg); 2870 }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin ); 2871 assert( iFreePg<iLastPg ); 2872 2873 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage); 2874 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2875 rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0); 2876 } 2877 releasePage(pLastPg); 2878 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2879 return rc; 2880 } 2881 } 2882 } 2883 2884 if( nFin==0 ){ 2885 iLastPg--; 2886 while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ 2887 if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ 2888 MemPage *pPg; 2889 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0); 2890 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2891 return rc; 2892 } 2893 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); 2894 releasePage(pPg); 2895 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2896 return rc; 2897 } 2898 } 2899 iLastPg--; 2900 } 2901 sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg); 2902 pBt->nPage = iLastPg; 2903 } 2904 return SQLITE_OK; 2905 } 2906 2907 /* 2908 ** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. 2909 ** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. 2910 ** 2911 ** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, 2912 ** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred, 2913 ** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 2914 */ 2915 int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ 2916 int rc; 2917 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 2918 2919 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 2920 assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); 2921 if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ 2922 rc = SQLITE_DONE; 2923 }else{ 2924 invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); 2925 rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, btreePagecount(pBt)); 2926 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2927 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); 2928 put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); 2929 } 2930 } 2931 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 2932 return rc; 2933 } 2934 2935 /* 2936 ** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction 2937 ** is commited for an auto-vacuum database. 2938 ** 2939 ** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages 2940 ** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 2941 ** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc 2942 ** pages are in use. 2943 */ 2944 static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ 2945 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2946 Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; 2947 VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); 2948 2949 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 2950 invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); 2951 assert(pBt->autoVacuum); 2952 if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ 2953 Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ 2954 Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ 2955 Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ 2956 Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ 2957 int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ 2958 Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ 2959 2960 nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); 2961 if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ 2962 /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page 2963 ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one 2964 ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. 2965 */ 2966 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 2967 } 2968 2969 nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); 2970 nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; 2971 nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; 2972 nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; 2973 if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ 2974 nFin--; 2975 } 2976 while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ 2977 nFin--; 2978 } 2979 if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 2980 2981 for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ 2982 rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree); 2983 } 2984 if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ 2985 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); 2986 put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); 2987 put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); 2988 put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin); 2989 sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin); 2990 pBt->nPage = nFin; 2991 } 2992 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2993 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2994 } 2995 } 2996 2997 assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); 2998 return rc; 2999 } 3000 3001 #else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ 3002 # define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK 3003 #endif 3004 3005 /* 3006 ** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine 3007 ** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) 3008 ** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs 3009 ** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back 3010 ** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to 3011 ** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the 3012 ** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. 3013 ** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the 3014 ** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not 3015 ** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the 3016 ** commit process. 3017 ** 3018 ** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. 3019 ** 3020 ** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to 3021 ** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the 3022 ** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 3023 ** (single database transaction). 3024 ** 3025 ** When this is called, the master journal should already have been 3026 ** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. 3027 ** 3028 ** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit 3029 ** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. 3030 */ 3031 int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ 3032 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3033 if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ 3034 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 3035 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 3036 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 3037 if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ 3038 rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); 3039 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3040 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 3041 return rc; 3042 } 3043 } 3044 #endif 3045 rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); 3046 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 3047 } 3048 return rc; 3049 } 3050 3051 /* 3052 ** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() 3053 ** at the conclusion of a transaction. 3054 */ 3055 static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ 3056 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 3057 assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); 3058 3059 btreeClearHasContent(pBt); 3060 if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && p->db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ 3061 /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database 3062 ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements 3063 ** may still be reading from the database. */ 3064 downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); 3065 p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; 3066 }else{ 3067 /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the 3068 ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count 3069 ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() 3070 ** call below will unlock the pager. */ 3071 if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ 3072 clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); 3073 pBt->nTransaction--; 3074 if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ 3075 pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; 3076 } 3077 } 3078 3079 /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the 3080 ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ 3081 p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; 3082 unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); 3083 } 3084 3085 btreeIntegrity(p); 3086 } 3087 3088 /* 3089 ** Commit the transaction currently in progress. 3090 ** 3091 ** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The 3092 ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should 3093 ** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() 3094 ** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the 3095 ** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this 3096 ** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the 3097 ** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and 3098 ** drop locks. 3099 ** 3100 ** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there 3101 ** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. 3102 */ 3103 int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){ 3104 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 3105 3106 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 3107 btreeIntegrity(p); 3108 3109 /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 3110 ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. 3111 */ 3112 if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ 3113 int rc; 3114 assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); 3115 assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); 3116 rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); 3117 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3118 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 3119 return rc; 3120 } 3121 pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; 3122 } 3123 3124 btreeEndTransaction(p); 3125 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 3126 return SQLITE_OK; 3127 } 3128 3129 /* 3130 ** Do both phases of a commit. 3131 */ 3132 int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ 3133 int rc; 3134 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 3135 rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); 3136 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3137 rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p); 3138 } 3139 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 3140 return rc; 3141 } 3142 3143 #ifndef NDEBUG 3144 /* 3145 ** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use 3146 ** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not 3147 ** defined. 3148 ** 3149 ** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that 3150 ** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was 3151 ** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled 3152 ** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT. 3153 */ 3154 static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){ 3155 BtCursor *pCur; 3156 int r = 0; 3157 for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ 3158 if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; 3159 } 3160 return r; 3161 } 3162 #endif 3163 3164 /* 3165 ** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error 3166 ** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree 3167 ** references. 3168 ** 3169 ** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong 3170 ** to other database connections that happen to be sharing 3171 ** the cache with pBtree. 3172 ** 3173 ** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. 3174 ** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped 3175 ** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after 3176 ** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables 3177 ** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to 3178 ** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be 3179 ** invalidated. 3180 */ 3181 void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ 3182 BtCursor *p; 3183 sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); 3184 for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ 3185 int i; 3186 sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); 3187 p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; 3188 p->skipNext = errCode; 3189 for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ 3190 releasePage(p->apPage[i]); 3191 p->apPage[i] = 0; 3192 } 3193 } 3194 sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); 3195 } 3196 3197 /* 3198 ** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be 3199 ** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor 3200 ** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result 3201 ** in an error. 3202 ** 3203 ** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there 3204 ** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. 3205 */ 3206 int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){ 3207 int rc; 3208 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 3209 MemPage *pPage1; 3210 3211 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 3212 rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); 3213 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 3214 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3215 /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst 3216 ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as 3217 ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then 3218 ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so 3219 ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort 3220 ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save. 3221 */ 3222 sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc); 3223 } 3224 #endif 3225 btreeIntegrity(p); 3226 3227 if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ 3228 int rc2; 3229 3230 assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); 3231 rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); 3232 if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3233 rc = rc2; 3234 } 3235 3236 /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So 3237 ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make 3238 ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ 3239 if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ 3240 int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); 3241 testcase( nPage==0 ); 3242 if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); 3243 testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage ); 3244 pBt->nPage = nPage; 3245 releasePage(pPage1); 3246 } 3247 assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); 3248 pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; 3249 } 3250 3251 btreeEndTransaction(p); 3252 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 3253 return rc; 3254 } 3255 3256 /* 3257 ** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled 3258 ** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 3259 ** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 3260 ** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. 3261 ** 3262 ** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements 3263 ** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint 3264 ** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement 3265 ** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. 3266 ** 3267 ** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The 3268 ** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, 3269 ** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there 3270 ** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, 3271 ** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back 3272 ** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. 3273 */ 3274 int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ 3275 int rc; 3276 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 3277 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 3278 assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); 3279 assert( pBt->readOnly==0 ); 3280 assert( iStatement>0 ); 3281 assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); 3282 assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); 3283 /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with 3284 ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using 3285 ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any 3286 ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. 3287 */ 3288 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); 3289 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 3290 return rc; 3291 } 3292 3293 /* 3294 ** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 3295 ** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the 3296 ** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value 3297 ** of op. 3298 ** 3299 ** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is 3300 ** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the 3301 ** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different 3302 ** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the 3303 ** transaction remains open. 3304 */ 3305 int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ 3306 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3307 if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ 3308 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 3309 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 3310 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); 3311 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 3312 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); 3313 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3314 if( iSavepoint<0 && pBt->initiallyEmpty ) pBt->nPage = 0; 3315 rc = newDatabase(pBt); 3316 pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData); 3317 if( pBt->nPage==0 ){ 3318 sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, (int*)&pBt->nPage); 3319 } 3320 } 3321 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 3322 } 3323 return rc; 3324 } 3325 3326 /* 3327 ** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page 3328 ** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that 3329 ** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open 3330 ** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then 3331 ** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. 3332 ** 3333 ** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading. 3334 ** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for 3335 ** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These 3336 ** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to 3337 ** be allowed: 3338 ** 3339 ** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1 3340 ** 3341 ** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache 3342 ** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have 3343 ** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise 3344 ** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to 3345 ** the read cursors in the other database connection. 3346 ** 3347 ** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) 3348 ** 3349 ** 4: There must be an active transaction. 3350 ** 3351 ** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the 3352 ** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired 3353 ** will not work correctly. 3354 ** 3355 ** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called 3356 ** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine. 3357 */ 3358 static int btreeCursor( 3359 Btree *p, /* The btree */ 3360 int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ 3361 int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ 3362 struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ 3363 BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ 3364 ){ 3365 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ 3366 3367 assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); 3368 assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 ); 3369 3370 /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable 3371 ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, 3372 ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with 3373 ** this lock. */ 3374 assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) ); 3375 assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); 3376 3377 /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ 3378 assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); 3379 assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); 3380 assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); 3381 3382 if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){ 3383 return SQLITE_READONLY; 3384 } 3385 if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){ 3386 return SQLITE_EMPTY; 3387 } 3388 3389 /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor 3390 ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ 3391 pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; 3392 pCur->iPage = -1; 3393 pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; 3394 pCur->pBtree = p; 3395 pCur->pBt = pBt; 3396 pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag; 3397 pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; 3398 if( pCur->pNext ){ 3399 pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; 3400 } 3401 pBt->pCursor = pCur; 3402 pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; 3403 pCur->cachedRowid = 0; 3404 return SQLITE_OK; 3405 } 3406 int sqlite3BtreeCursor( 3407 Btree *p, /* The btree */ 3408 int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ 3409 int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ 3410 struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ 3411 BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ 3412 ){ 3413 int rc; 3414 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 3415 rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); 3416 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 3417 return rc; 3418 } 3419 3420 /* 3421 ** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. 3422 ** 3423 ** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate 3424 ** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque 3425 ** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call 3426 ** this routine. 3427 */ 3428 int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ 3429 return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); 3430 } 3431 3432 /* 3433 ** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object. 3434 ** 3435 ** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object 3436 ** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays 3437 ** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot 3438 ** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements. 3439 */ 3440 void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){ 3441 memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage)); 3442 } 3443 3444 /* 3445 ** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file 3446 ** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur. The value is 3447 ** set to iRowid. 3448 ** 3449 ** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache. 3450 ** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache. 3451 ** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids. We just cannot 3452 ** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or 3453 ** negative rowids might run a little slower. But in practice, zero 3454 ** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem. 3455 */ 3456 void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ 3457 BtCursor *p; 3458 for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ 3459 if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid; 3460 } 3461 assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid ); 3462 } 3463 3464 /* 3465 ** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor. A negative or zero 3466 ** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be 3467 ** ignored. If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a 3468 ** zero is returned. 3469 */ 3470 sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){ 3471 return pCur->cachedRowid; 3472 } 3473 3474 /* 3475 ** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released 3476 ** when the last cursor is closed. 3477 */ 3478 int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ 3479 Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; 3480 if( pBtree ){ 3481 int i; 3482 BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; 3483 sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); 3484 sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); 3485 if( pCur->pPrev ){ 3486 pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; 3487 }else{ 3488 pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; 3489 } 3490 if( pCur->pNext ){ 3491 pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; 3492 } 3493 for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ 3494 releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); 3495 } 3496 unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); 3497 invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); 3498 /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */ 3499 sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); 3500 } 3501 return SQLITE_OK; 3502 } 3503 3504 /* 3505 ** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid 3506 ** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call 3507 ** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. 3508 ** 3509 ** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. 3510 ** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). 3511 ** 3512 ** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the 3513 ** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. 3514 ** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc 3515 ** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the 3516 ** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function 3517 ** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. 3518 */ 3519 #ifndef NDEBUG 3520 static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ 3521 CellInfo info; 3522 int iPage = pCur->iPage; 3523 memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); 3524 btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); 3525 assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); 3526 } 3527 #else 3528 #define assertCellInfo(x) 3529 #endif 3530 #ifdef _MSC_VER 3531 /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ 3532 static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ 3533 if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ 3534 int iPage = pCur->iPage; 3535 btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); 3536 pCur->validNKey = 1; 3537 }else{ 3538 assertCellInfo(pCur); 3539 } 3540 } 3541 #else /* if not _MSC_VER */ 3542 /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ 3543 #define getCellInfo(pCur) \ 3544 if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ 3545 int iPage = pCur->iPage; \ 3546 btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \ 3547 pCur->validNKey = 1; \ 3548 }else{ \ 3549 assertCellInfo(pCur); \ 3550 } 3551 #endif /* _MSC_VER */ 3552 3553 #ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ 3554 /* 3555 ** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one 3556 ** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. 3557 ** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. 3558 */ 3559 int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ 3560 return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; 3561 } 3562 #endif /* NDEBUG */ 3563 3564 /* 3565 ** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of 3566 ** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing 3567 ** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 3568 ** 3569 ** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key 3570 ** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. 3571 ** 3572 ** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine. 3573 ** 3574 ** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK. 3575 */ 3576 int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ 3577 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 3578 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 3579 if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ 3580 *pSize = 0; 3581 }else{ 3582 getCellInfo(pCur); 3583 *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; 3584 } 3585 return SQLITE_OK; 3586 } 3587 3588 /* 3589 ** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the 3590 ** cursor currently points to. 3591 ** 3592 ** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL 3593 ** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee 3594 ** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. 3595 ** 3596 ** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK. 3597 ** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue 3598 ** to return an integer result code for historical reasons. 3599 */ 3600 int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ 3601 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 3602 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 3603 getCellInfo(pCur); 3604 *pSize = pCur->info.nData; 3605 return SQLITE_OK; 3606 } 3607 3608 /* 3609 ** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter 3610 ** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 3611 ** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum 3612 ** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 3613 ** 3614 ** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: 3615 ** 3616 ** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is 3617 ** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked 3618 ** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 3619 ** 3620 ** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding 3621 ** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that 3622 ** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() 3623 ** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because 3624 ** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then 3625 ** *ppPage is set to zero. 3626 */ 3627 static int getOverflowPage( 3628 BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ 3629 Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ 3630 MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ 3631 Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ 3632 ){ 3633 Pgno next = 0; 3634 MemPage *pPage = 0; 3635 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3636 3637 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 3638 assert(pPgnoNext); 3639 3640 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 3641 /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the 3642 ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 3643 ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 3644 ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 3645 ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. 3646 */ 3647 if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ 3648 Pgno pgno; 3649 Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; 3650 u8 eType; 3651 3652 while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ 3653 iGuess++; 3654 } 3655 3656 if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){ 3657 rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); 3658 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ 3659 next = iGuess; 3660 rc = SQLITE_DONE; 3661 } 3662 } 3663 } 3664 #endif 3665 3666 assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE ); 3667 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3668 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0); 3669 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 ); 3670 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3671 next = get4byte(pPage->aData); 3672 } 3673 } 3674 3675 *pPgnoNext = next; 3676 if( ppPage ){ 3677 *ppPage = pPage; 3678 }else{ 3679 releasePage(pPage); 3680 } 3681 return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); 3682 } 3683 3684 /* 3685 ** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. 3686 ** 3687 ** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. 3688 ** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied 3689 ** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, 3690 ** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes 3691 ** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. 3692 ** 3693 ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. 3694 */ 3695 static int copyPayload( 3696 void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ 3697 void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ 3698 int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ 3699 int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ 3700 DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ 3701 ){ 3702 if( eOp ){ 3703 /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ 3704 int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); 3705 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3706 return rc; 3707 } 3708 memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); 3709 }else{ 3710 /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ 3711 memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); 3712 } 3713 return SQLITE_OK; 3714 } 3715 3716 /* 3717 ** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information 3718 ** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp 3719 ** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into 3720 ** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from 3721 ** buffer pBuf). 3722 ** 3723 ** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". 3724 ** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. 3725 ** 3726 ** The content being read or written might appear on the main page 3727 ** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages. 3728 ** 3729 ** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current 3730 ** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function 3731 ** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list 3732 ** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this 3733 ** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient. 3734 ** 3735 ** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be 3736 ** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if 3737 ** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum 3738 ** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. 3739 ** 3740 ** * An incremental vacuum, 3741 ** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, 3742 ** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). 3743 */ 3744 static int accessPayload( 3745 BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ 3746 u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ 3747 u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ 3748 unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 3749 int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ 3750 ){ 3751 unsigned char *aPayload; 3752 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3753 u32 nKey; 3754 int iIdx = 0; 3755 MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ 3756 BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ 3757 3758 assert( pPage ); 3759 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 3760 assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell ); 3761 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 3762 3763 getCellInfo(pCur); 3764 aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; 3765 nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey); 3766 3767 if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) 3768 || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] 3769 ){ 3770 /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ 3771 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 3772 } 3773 3774 /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ 3775 if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){ 3776 int a = amt; 3777 if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ 3778 a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; 3779 } 3780 rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); 3781 offset = 0; 3782 pBuf += a; 3783 amt -= a; 3784 }else{ 3785 offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; 3786 } 3787 3788 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ 3789 const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ 3790 Pgno nextPage; 3791 3792 nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); 3793 3794 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB 3795 /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[] 3796 ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at 3797 ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The 3798 ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0], 3799 ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known" 3800 ** (the cache is lazily populated). 3801 */ 3802 if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){ 3803 int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; 3804 pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl); 3805 /* nOvfl is always positive. If it were zero, fetchPayload would have 3806 ** been used instead of this routine. */ 3807 if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){ 3808 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 3809 } 3810 } 3811 3812 /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the 3813 ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip 3814 ** directly to it. 3815 */ 3816 if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ 3817 iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); 3818 nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; 3819 offset = (offset%ovflSize); 3820 } 3821 #endif 3822 3823 for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ 3824 3825 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB 3826 /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ 3827 if( pCur->aOverflow ){ 3828 assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); 3829 pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; 3830 } 3831 #endif 3832 3833 if( offset>=ovflSize ){ 3834 /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page 3835 ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page 3836 ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow 3837 ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() 3838 ** function. 3839 */ 3840 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB 3841 if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ 3842 nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; 3843 } else 3844 #endif 3845 rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); 3846 offset -= ovflSize; 3847 }else{ 3848 /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the 3849 ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). 3850 */ 3851 DbPage *pDbPage; 3852 int a = amt; 3853 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage); 3854 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3855 aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); 3856 nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); 3857 if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ 3858 a = ovflSize - offset; 3859 } 3860 rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); 3861 sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); 3862 offset = 0; 3863 amt -= a; 3864 pBuf += a; 3865 } 3866 } 3867 } 3868 } 3869 3870 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ 3871 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 3872 } 3873 return rc; 3874 } 3875 3876 /* 3877 ** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly 3878 ** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer 3879 ** begins at "offset". 3880 ** 3881 ** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row 3882 ** in the table. 3883 ** 3884 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes 3885 ** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than 3886 ** the available payload. 3887 */ 3888 int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ 3889 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 3890 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 3891 assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); 3892 assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); 3893 return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); 3894 } 3895 3896 /* 3897 ** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly 3898 ** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer 3899 ** begins at "offset". 3900 ** 3901 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes 3902 ** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than 3903 ** the available payload. 3904 */ 3905 int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ 3906 int rc; 3907 3908 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB 3909 if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ 3910 return SQLITE_ABORT; 3911 } 3912 #endif 3913 3914 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 3915 rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); 3916 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3917 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 3918 assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); 3919 assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); 3920 rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); 3921 } 3922 return rc; 3923 } 3924 3925 /* 3926 ** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 3927 ** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of 3928 ** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if 3929 ** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written 3930 ** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be 3931 ** a valid pointer. 3932 ** 3933 ** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key 3934 ** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow 3935 ** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the 3936 ** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills 3937 ** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble 3938 ** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. 3939 ** 3940 ** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached 3941 ** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time 3942 ** any btree routine is called. 3943 */ 3944 static const unsigned char *fetchPayload( 3945 BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ 3946 int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */ 3947 int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */ 3948 ){ 3949 unsigned char *aPayload; 3950 MemPage *pPage; 3951 u32 nKey; 3952 u32 nLocal; 3953 3954 assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); 3955 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 3956 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 3957 pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 3958 assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell ); 3959 if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){ 3960 btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage], 3961 &pCur->info); 3962 } 3963 aPayload = pCur->info.pCell; 3964 aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader; 3965 if( pPage->intKey ){ 3966 nKey = 0; 3967 }else{ 3968 nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey; 3969 } 3970 if( skipKey ){ 3971 aPayload += nKey; 3972 nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey; 3973 }else{ 3974 nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal; 3975 assert( nLocal<=nKey ); 3976 } 3977 *pAmt = nLocal; 3978 return aPayload; 3979 } 3980 3981 3982 /* 3983 ** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as 3984 ** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local 3985 ** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. 3986 ** 3987 ** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move 3988 ** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, 3989 ** including calls from other threads against the same cache. 3990 ** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling 3991 ** this routine. 3992 ** 3993 ** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data 3994 ** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. 3995 */ 3996 const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ 3997 const void *p = 0; 3998 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); 3999 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4000 if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ 4001 p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0); 4002 } 4003 return p; 4004 } 4005 const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ 4006 const void *p = 0; 4007 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); 4008 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4009 if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ 4010 p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1); 4011 } 4012 return p; 4013 } 4014 4015 4016 /* 4017 ** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the 4018 ** page number of the child page to move to. 4019 ** 4020 ** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of 4021 ** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. 4022 ** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or 4023 ** vice-versa). 4024 */ 4025 static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ 4026 int rc; 4027 int i = pCur->iPage; 4028 MemPage *pNewPage; 4029 BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; 4030 4031 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4032 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 4033 assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH ); 4034 if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ 4035 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4036 } 4037 rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage); 4038 if( rc ) return rc; 4039 pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage; 4040 pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0; 4041 pCur->iPage++; 4042 4043 pCur->info.nSize = 0; 4044 pCur->validNKey = 0; 4045 if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){ 4046 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4047 } 4048 return SQLITE_OK; 4049 } 4050 4051 #ifndef NDEBUG 4052 /* 4053 ** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function 4054 ** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th 4055 ** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of 4056 ** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of 4057 ** the page. 4058 */ 4059 static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ 4060 assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); 4061 if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ 4062 assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); 4063 }else{ 4064 assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); 4065 } 4066 } 4067 #else 4068 # define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) 4069 #endif 4070 4071 /* 4072 ** Move the cursor up to the parent page. 4073 ** 4074 ** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer 4075 ** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the 4076 ** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than 4077 ** the largest cell index. 4078 */ 4079 static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ 4080 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4081 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 4082 assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); 4083 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); 4084 assertParentIndex( 4085 pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], 4086 pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], 4087 pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno 4088 ); 4089 releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); 4090 pCur->iPage--; 4091 pCur->info.nSize = 0; 4092 pCur->validNKey = 0; 4093 } 4094 4095 /* 4096 ** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. 4097 ** 4098 ** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point 4099 ** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a 4100 ** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a 4101 ** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. 4102 ** 4103 ** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to 4104 ** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first 4105 ** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state 4106 ** is set to CURSOR_VALID. 4107 ** 4108 ** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the 4109 ** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected 4110 ** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not 4111 ** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, 4112 ** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo 4113 ** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index 4114 ** b-tree). 4115 */ 4116 static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ 4117 MemPage *pRoot; 4118 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4119 Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; 4120 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 4121 4122 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4123 assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); 4124 assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); 4125 assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); 4126 if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ 4127 if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ 4128 assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); 4129 return pCur->skipNext; 4130 } 4131 sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); 4132 } 4133 4134 if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ 4135 int i; 4136 for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ 4137 releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); 4138 } 4139 pCur->iPage = 0; 4140 }else{ 4141 rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]); 4142 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4143 pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; 4144 return rc; 4145 } 4146 pCur->iPage = 0; 4147 4148 /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor 4149 ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is 4150 ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, 4151 ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. */ 4152 assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 ); 4153 if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ 4154 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4155 } 4156 } 4157 4158 /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the 4159 ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either 4160 ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption 4161 ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags 4162 ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference 4163 ** to the page. */ 4164 pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; 4165 assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); 4166 assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey ); 4167 4168 pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; 4169 pCur->info.nSize = 0; 4170 pCur->atLast = 0; 4171 pCur->validNKey = 0; 4172 4173 if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){ 4174 Pgno subpage; 4175 if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4176 subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); 4177 pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; 4178 rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); 4179 }else{ 4180 pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID); 4181 } 4182 return rc; 4183 } 4184 4185 /* 4186 ** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the 4187 ** entry to which it is currently pointing. 4188 ** 4189 ** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first 4190 ** in ascending order. 4191 */ 4192 static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ 4193 Pgno pgno; 4194 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4195 MemPage *pPage; 4196 4197 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4198 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 4199 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ 4200 assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell ); 4201 pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); 4202 rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); 4203 } 4204 return rc; 4205 } 4206 4207 /* 4208 ** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the 4209 ** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference 4210 ** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() 4211 ** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() 4212 ** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. 4213 ** 4214 ** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last 4215 ** key in ascending order. 4216 */ 4217 static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ 4218 Pgno pgno; 4219 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4220 MemPage *pPage = 0; 4221 4222 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4223 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 4224 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ 4225 pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); 4226 pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; 4227 rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); 4228 } 4229 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4230 pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; 4231 pCur->info.nSize = 0; 4232 pCur->validNKey = 0; 4233 } 4234 return rc; 4235 } 4236 4237 /* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK 4238 ** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something 4239 ** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. 4240 */ 4241 int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ 4242 int rc; 4243 4244 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4245 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); 4246 rc = moveToRoot(pCur); 4247 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4248 if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ 4249 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); 4250 *pRes = 1; 4251 }else{ 4252 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); 4253 *pRes = 0; 4254 rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); 4255 } 4256 } 4257 return rc; 4258 } 4259 4260 /* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK 4261 ** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something 4262 ** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. 4263 */ 4264 int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ 4265 int rc; 4266 4267 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4268 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); 4269 4270 /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ 4271 if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){ 4272 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 4273 /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point 4274 ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ 4275 int ii; 4276 for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){ 4277 assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); 4278 } 4279 assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 ); 4280 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf ); 4281 #endif 4282 return SQLITE_OK; 4283 } 4284 4285 rc = moveToRoot(pCur); 4286 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4287 if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ 4288 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); 4289 *pRes = 1; 4290 }else{ 4291 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); 4292 *pRes = 0; 4293 rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); 4294 pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0; 4295 } 4296 } 4297 return rc; 4298 } 4299 4300 /* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 4301 ** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. 4302 ** 4303 ** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey 4304 ** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey 4305 ** is ignored. 4306 ** 4307 ** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always 4308 ** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it 4309 ** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes 4310 ** before or after the key. 4311 ** 4312 ** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of 4313 ** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is 4314 ** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into 4315 ** *pRes is as follows: 4316 ** 4317 ** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that 4318 ** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty 4319 ** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. 4320 ** 4321 ** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that 4322 ** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. 4323 ** 4324 ** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that 4325 ** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. 4326 ** 4327 */ 4328 int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( 4329 BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ 4330 UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ 4331 i64 intKey, /* The table key */ 4332 int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ 4333 int *pRes /* Write search results here */ 4334 ){ 4335 int rc; 4336 4337 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4338 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); 4339 assert( pRes ); 4340 assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); 4341 4342 /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying 4343 ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ 4344 if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey 4345 && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey 4346 ){ 4347 if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ 4348 *pRes = 0; 4349 return SQLITE_OK; 4350 } 4351 if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){ 4352 *pRes = -1; 4353 return SQLITE_OK; 4354 } 4355 } 4356 4357 rc = moveToRoot(pCur); 4358 if( rc ){ 4359 return rc; 4360 } 4361 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); 4362 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); 4363 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); 4364 if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ 4365 *pRes = -1; 4366 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); 4367 return SQLITE_OK; 4368 } 4369 assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey ); 4370 for(;;){ 4371 int lwr, upr; 4372 Pgno chldPg; 4373 MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 4374 int c; 4375 4376 /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page 4377 ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop 4378 ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine 4379 ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must 4380 ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise 4381 ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ 4382 assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); 4383 assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); 4384 lwr = 0; 4385 upr = pPage->nCell-1; 4386 if( biasRight ){ 4387 pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)upr; 4388 }else{ 4389 pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((upr+lwr)/2); 4390 } 4391 for(;;){ 4392 int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; /* Index of current cell in pPage */ 4393 u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ 4394 4395 pCur->info.nSize = 0; 4396 pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; 4397 if( pPage->intKey ){ 4398 i64 nCellKey; 4399 if( pPage->hasData ){ 4400 u32 dummy; 4401 pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy); 4402 } 4403 getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); 4404 if( nCellKey==intKey ){ 4405 c = 0; 4406 }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){ 4407 c = -1; 4408 }else{ 4409 assert( nCellKey>intKey ); 4410 c = +1; 4411 } 4412 pCur->validNKey = 1; 4413 pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; 4414 }else{ 4415 /* The maximum supported page-size is 32768 bytes. This means that 4416 ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree 4417 ** page is at most 8198 bytes, which may be stored as a 2-byte 4418 ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing 4419 ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is 4420 ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first 4421 ** 2 bytes of the cell. 4422 */ 4423 int nCell = pCell[0]; 4424 if( !(nCell & 0x80) && nCell<=pPage->maxLocal ){ 4425 /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a 4426 ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main 4427 ** b-tree page. */ 4428 c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); 4429 }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 4430 && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal 4431 ){ 4432 /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 4433 ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ 4434 c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); 4435 }else{ 4436 /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In 4437 ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated 4438 ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the 4439 ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */ 4440 void *pCellKey; 4441 u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; 4442 btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); 4443 nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; 4444 pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell ); 4445 if( pCellKey==0 ){ 4446 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 4447 goto moveto_finish; 4448 } 4449 rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0); 4450 if( rc ){ 4451 sqlite3_free(pCellKey); 4452 goto moveto_finish; 4453 } 4454 c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); 4455 sqlite3_free(pCellKey); 4456 } 4457 } 4458 if( c==0 ){ 4459 if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ 4460 lwr = idx; 4461 upr = lwr - 1; 4462 break; 4463 }else{ 4464 *pRes = 0; 4465 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4466 goto moveto_finish; 4467 } 4468 } 4469 if( c<0 ){ 4470 lwr = idx+1; 4471 }else{ 4472 upr = idx-1; 4473 } 4474 if( lwr>upr ){ 4475 break; 4476 } 4477 pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((lwr+upr)/2); 4478 } 4479 assert( lwr==upr+1 ); 4480 assert( pPage->isInit ); 4481 if( pPage->leaf ){ 4482 chldPg = 0; 4483 }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ 4484 chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); 4485 }else{ 4486 chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); 4487 } 4488 if( chldPg==0 ){ 4489 assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); 4490 *pRes = c; 4491 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4492 goto moveto_finish; 4493 } 4494 pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; 4495 pCur->info.nSize = 0; 4496 pCur->validNKey = 0; 4497 rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); 4498 if( rc ) goto moveto_finish; 4499 } 4500 moveto_finish: 4501 return rc; 4502 } 4503 4504 4505 /* 4506 ** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. 4507 ** 4508 ** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves 4509 ** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past 4510 ** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. 4511 */ 4512 int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ 4513 /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries 4514 ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code 4515 ** as well as the boolean result value. 4516 */ 4517 return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); 4518 } 4519 4520 /* 4521 ** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If 4522 ** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor 4523 ** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before 4524 ** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. 4525 */ 4526 int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ 4527 int rc; 4528 int idx; 4529 MemPage *pPage; 4530 4531 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4532 rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); 4533 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4534 return rc; 4535 } 4536 assert( pRes!=0 ); 4537 if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ 4538 *pRes = 1; 4539 return SQLITE_OK; 4540 } 4541 if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ 4542 pCur->skipNext = 0; 4543 *pRes = 0; 4544 return SQLITE_OK; 4545 } 4546 pCur->skipNext = 0; 4547 4548 pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 4549 idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; 4550 assert( pPage->isInit ); 4551 assert( idx<=pPage->nCell ); 4552 4553 pCur->info.nSize = 0; 4554 pCur->validNKey = 0; 4555 if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ 4556 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 4557 rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); 4558 if( rc ) return rc; 4559 rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); 4560 *pRes = 0; 4561 return rc; 4562 } 4563 do{ 4564 if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ 4565 *pRes = 1; 4566 pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; 4567 return SQLITE_OK; 4568 } 4569 moveToParent(pCur); 4570 pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 4571 }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); 4572 *pRes = 0; 4573 if( pPage->intKey ){ 4574 rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); 4575 }else{ 4576 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4577 } 4578 return rc; 4579 } 4580 *pRes = 0; 4581 if( pPage->leaf ){ 4582 return SQLITE_OK; 4583 } 4584 rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); 4585 return rc; 4586 } 4587 4588 4589 /* 4590 ** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If 4591 ** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor 4592 ** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before 4593 ** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. 4594 */ 4595 int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ 4596 int rc; 4597 MemPage *pPage; 4598 4599 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 4600 rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); 4601 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4602 return rc; 4603 } 4604 pCur->atLast = 0; 4605 if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ 4606 *pRes = 1; 4607 return SQLITE_OK; 4608 } 4609 if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ 4610 pCur->skipNext = 0; 4611 *pRes = 0; 4612 return SQLITE_OK; 4613 } 4614 pCur->skipNext = 0; 4615 4616 pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 4617 assert( pPage->isInit ); 4618 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 4619 int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; 4620 rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); 4621 if( rc ){ 4622 return rc; 4623 } 4624 rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); 4625 }else{ 4626 while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ 4627 if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ 4628 pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; 4629 *pRes = 1; 4630 return SQLITE_OK; 4631 } 4632 moveToParent(pCur); 4633 } 4634 pCur->info.nSize = 0; 4635 pCur->validNKey = 0; 4636 4637 pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; 4638 pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 4639 if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ 4640 rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); 4641 }else{ 4642 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4643 } 4644 } 4645 *pRes = 0; 4646 return rc; 4647 } 4648 4649 /* 4650 ** Allocate a new page from the database file. 4651 ** 4652 ** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() 4653 ** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also 4654 ** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling 4655 ** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. 4656 ** 4657 ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates 4658 ** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. 4659 ** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. 4660 ** 4661 ** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to 4662 ** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an 4663 ** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, 4664 ** which in turn can make database access faster. 4665 ** 4666 ** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists 4667 ** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This 4668 ** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table. 4669 */ 4670 static int allocateBtreePage( 4671 BtShared *pBt, 4672 MemPage **ppPage, 4673 Pgno *pPgno, 4674 Pgno nearby, 4675 u8 exact 4676 ){ 4677 MemPage *pPage1; 4678 int rc; 4679 u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ 4680 u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ 4681 MemPage *pTrunk = 0; 4682 MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; 4683 Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ 4684 4685 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 4686 pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; 4687 mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt); 4688 n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); 4689 testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); 4690 if( n>=mxPage ){ 4691 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4692 } 4693 if( n>0 ){ 4694 /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ 4695 Pgno iTrunk; 4696 u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ 4697 4698 /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map 4699 ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then 4700 ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. 4701 */ 4702 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 4703 if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){ 4704 u8 eType; 4705 assert( nearby>0 ); 4706 assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); 4707 rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); 4708 if( rc ) return rc; 4709 if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ 4710 searchList = 1; 4711 } 4712 *pPgno = nearby; 4713 } 4714 #endif 4715 4716 /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the 4717 ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. 4718 */ 4719 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); 4720 if( rc ) return rc; 4721 put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); 4722 4723 /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable 4724 ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the 4725 ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located. 4726 */ 4727 do { 4728 pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; 4729 if( pPrevTrunk ){ 4730 iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); 4731 }else{ 4732 iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); 4733 } 4734 testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); 4735 if( iTrunk>mxPage ){ 4736 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4737 }else{ 4738 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); 4739 } 4740 if( rc ){ 4741 pTrunk = 0; 4742 goto end_allocate_page; 4743 } 4744 4745 k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); 4746 if( k==0 && !searchList ){ 4747 /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 4748 ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 4749 ** allocated page */ 4750 assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); 4751 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); 4752 if( rc ){ 4753 goto end_allocate_page; 4754 } 4755 *pPgno = iTrunk; 4756 memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); 4757 *ppPage = pTrunk; 4758 pTrunk = 0; 4759 TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); 4760 }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ 4761 /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ 4762 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4763 goto end_allocate_page; 4764 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 4765 }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){ 4766 /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page 4767 ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. 4768 */ 4769 assert( *pPgno==iTrunk ); 4770 *ppPage = pTrunk; 4771 searchList = 0; 4772 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); 4773 if( rc ){ 4774 goto end_allocate_page; 4775 } 4776 if( k==0 ){ 4777 if( !pPrevTrunk ){ 4778 memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); 4779 }else{ 4780 memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); 4781 } 4782 }else{ 4783 /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 4784 ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk 4785 ** page in this case. 4786 */ 4787 MemPage *pNewTrunk; 4788 Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); 4789 if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ 4790 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4791 goto end_allocate_page; 4792 } 4793 testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); 4794 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); 4795 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4796 goto end_allocate_page; 4797 } 4798 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); 4799 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4800 releasePage(pNewTrunk); 4801 goto end_allocate_page; 4802 } 4803 memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); 4804 put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); 4805 memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); 4806 releasePage(pNewTrunk); 4807 if( !pPrevTrunk ){ 4808 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); 4809 put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); 4810 }else{ 4811 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); 4812 if( rc ){ 4813 goto end_allocate_page; 4814 } 4815 put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); 4816 } 4817 } 4818 pTrunk = 0; 4819 TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); 4820 #endif 4821 }else if( k>0 ){ 4822 /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ 4823 u32 closest; 4824 Pgno iPage; 4825 unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; 4826 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); 4827 if( rc ){ 4828 goto end_allocate_page; 4829 } 4830 if( nearby>0 ){ 4831 u32 i; 4832 int dist; 4833 closest = 0; 4834 dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby; 4835 if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist; 4836 for(i=1; i<k; i++){ 4837 int d2 = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby; 4838 if( d2<0 ) d2 = -d2; 4839 if( d2<dist ){ 4840 closest = i; 4841 dist = d2; 4842 } 4843 } 4844 }else{ 4845 closest = 0; 4846 } 4847 4848 iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]); 4849 testcase( iPage==mxPage ); 4850 if( iPage>mxPage ){ 4851 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4852 goto end_allocate_page; 4853 } 4854 testcase( iPage==mxPage ); 4855 if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){ 4856 int noContent; 4857 *pPgno = iPage; 4858 TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" 4859 ": %d more free pages\n", 4860 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); 4861 if( closest<k-1 ){ 4862 memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4); 4863 } 4864 put4byte(&aData[4], k-1); 4865 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pTrunk->pDbPage) ); 4866 noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno); 4867 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent); 4868 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4869 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); 4870 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4871 releasePage(*ppPage); 4872 } 4873 } 4874 searchList = 0; 4875 } 4876 } 4877 releasePage(pPrevTrunk); 4878 pPrevTrunk = 0; 4879 }while( searchList ); 4880 }else{ 4881 /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the 4882 ** end of the file */ 4883 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); 4884 if( rc ) return rc; 4885 pBt->nPage++; 4886 if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++; 4887 4888 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 4889 if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){ 4890 /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages 4891 ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page 4892 ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. 4893 */ 4894 MemPage *pPg = 0; 4895 TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage)); 4896 assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); 4897 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, 1); 4898 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4899 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); 4900 releasePage(pPg); 4901 } 4902 if( rc ) return rc; 4903 pBt->nPage++; 4904 if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; } 4905 } 4906 #endif 4907 put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage); 4908 *pPgno = pBt->nPage; 4909 4910 assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); 4911 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1); 4912 if( rc ) return rc; 4913 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); 4914 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4915 releasePage(*ppPage); 4916 } 4917 TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); 4918 } 4919 4920 assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); 4921 4922 end_allocate_page: 4923 releasePage(pTrunk); 4924 releasePage(pPrevTrunk); 4925 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4926 if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ 4927 releasePage(*ppPage); 4928 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 4929 } 4930 (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; 4931 }else{ 4932 *ppPage = 0; 4933 } 4934 return rc; 4935 } 4936 4937 /* 4938 ** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. 4939 ** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. 4940 ** 4941 ** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. 4942 ** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object 4943 ** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. 4944 ** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. 4945 ** 4946 ** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, 4947 ** its reference count is not altered by this function. 4948 */ 4949 static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ 4950 MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ 4951 Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ 4952 MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ 4953 MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ 4954 int rc; /* Return Code */ 4955 int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ 4956 4957 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 4958 assert( iPage>1 ); 4959 assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); 4960 4961 if( pMemPage ){ 4962 pPage = pMemPage; 4963 sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); 4964 }else{ 4965 pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); 4966 } 4967 4968 /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ 4969 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); 4970 if( rc ) goto freepage_out; 4971 nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); 4972 put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); 4973 4974 if( pBt->secureDelete ){ 4975 /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then 4976 ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. 4977 */ 4978 if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) 4979 || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) 4980 ){ 4981 goto freepage_out; 4982 } 4983 memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); 4984 } 4985 4986 /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map 4987 ** to indicate that the page is free. 4988 */ 4989 if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ 4990 ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); 4991 if( rc ) goto freepage_out; 4992 } 4993 4994 /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two 4995 ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first 4996 ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a 4997 ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the 4998 ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it 4999 ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. 5000 */ 5001 if( nFree!=0 ){ 5002 u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ 5003 5004 iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); 5005 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); 5006 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5007 goto freepage_out; 5008 } 5009 5010 nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); 5011 assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); 5012 if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ 5013 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5014 goto freepage_out; 5015 } 5016 if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ 5017 /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page 5018 ** being freed as a new leaf. 5019 ** 5020 ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains 5021 ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have 5022 ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to 5023 ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than 5024 ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order 5025 ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, 5026 ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 5027 ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded 5028 ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above 5029 ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". 5030 */ 5031 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); 5032 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5033 put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); 5034 put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); 5035 if( pPage && !pBt->secureDelete ){ 5036 sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); 5037 } 5038 rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); 5039 } 5040 TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); 5041 goto freepage_out; 5042 } 5043 } 5044 5045 /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the 5046 ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. 5047 ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the 5048 ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed 5049 ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. 5050 */ 5051 if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ 5052 goto freepage_out; 5053 } 5054 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); 5055 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5056 goto freepage_out; 5057 } 5058 put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); 5059 put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); 5060 put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); 5061 TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); 5062 5063 freepage_out: 5064 if( pPage ){ 5065 pPage->isInit = 0; 5066 } 5067 releasePage(pPage); 5068 releasePage(pTrunk); 5069 return rc; 5070 } 5071 static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ 5072 if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5073 *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); 5074 } 5075 } 5076 5077 /* 5078 ** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. 5079 */ 5080 static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ 5081 BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; 5082 CellInfo info; 5083 Pgno ovflPgno; 5084 int rc; 5085 int nOvfl; 5086 u16 ovflPageSize; 5087 5088 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 5089 btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); 5090 if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ 5091 return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ 5092 } 5093 ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); 5094 assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); 5095 ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; 5096 nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; 5097 assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); 5098 while( nOvfl-- ){ 5099 Pgno iNext = 0; 5100 MemPage *pOvfl = 0; 5101 if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ 5102 /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an 5103 ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the 5104 ** file the database must be corrupt. */ 5105 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5106 } 5107 if( nOvfl ){ 5108 rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); 5109 if( rc ) return rc; 5110 } 5111 5112 if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) 5113 && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 5114 ){ 5115 /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference 5116 ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. 5117 ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it 5118 ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. 5119 ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as 5120 ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is 5121 ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the 5122 ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this 5123 ** can be problematic. 5124 */ 5125 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5126 }else{ 5127 rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); 5128 } 5129 5130 if( pOvfl ){ 5131 sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); 5132 } 5133 if( rc ) return rc; 5134 ovflPgno = iNext; 5135 } 5136 return SQLITE_OK; 5137 } 5138 5139 /* 5140 ** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage 5141 ** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are 5142 ** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure 5143 ** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated 5144 ** for pCell[]. 5145 ** 5146 ** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData 5147 ** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will 5148 ** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData 5149 ** later. 5150 */ 5151 static int fillInCell( 5152 MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ 5153 unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ 5154 const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ 5155 const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ 5156 int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ 5157 int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ 5158 ){ 5159 int nPayload; 5160 const u8 *pSrc; 5161 int nSrc, n, rc; 5162 int spaceLeft; 5163 MemPage *pOvfl = 0; 5164 MemPage *pToRelease = 0; 5165 unsigned char *pPrior; 5166 unsigned char *pPayload; 5167 BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; 5168 Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; 5169 int nHeader; 5170 CellInfo info; 5171 5172 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 5173 5174 /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary 5175 ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ 5176 assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] 5177 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 5178 5179 /* Fill in the header. */ 5180 nHeader = 0; 5181 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 5182 nHeader += 4; 5183 } 5184 if( pPage->hasData ){ 5185 nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); 5186 }else{ 5187 nData = nZero = 0; 5188 } 5189 nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); 5190 btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); 5191 assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); 5192 assert( info.nKey==nKey ); 5193 assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) ); 5194 5195 /* Fill in the payload */ 5196 nPayload = nData + nZero; 5197 if( pPage->intKey ){ 5198 pSrc = pData; 5199 nSrc = nData; 5200 nData = 0; 5201 }else{ 5202 if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){ 5203 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5204 } 5205 nPayload += (int)nKey; 5206 pSrc = pKey; 5207 nSrc = (int)nKey; 5208 } 5209 *pnSize = info.nSize; 5210 spaceLeft = info.nLocal; 5211 pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; 5212 pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; 5213 5214 while( nPayload>0 ){ 5215 if( spaceLeft==0 ){ 5216 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 5217 Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ 5218 if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ 5219 do{ 5220 pgnoOvfl++; 5221 } while( 5222 PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 5223 ); 5224 } 5225 #endif 5226 rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); 5227 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 5228 /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent 5229 ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map 5230 ** for that page now. 5231 ** 5232 ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 5233 ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, 5234 ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() 5235 ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the 5236 ** wrong pages from the database. 5237 */ 5238 if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5239 u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); 5240 ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); 5241 if( rc ){ 5242 releasePage(pOvfl); 5243 } 5244 } 5245 #endif 5246 if( rc ){ 5247 releasePage(pToRelease); 5248 return rc; 5249 } 5250 5251 /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area 5252 ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ 5253 assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); 5254 5255 /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage 5256 ** is still writeable */ 5257 assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] 5258 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 5259 5260 put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); 5261 releasePage(pToRelease); 5262 pToRelease = pOvfl; 5263 pPrior = pOvfl->aData; 5264 put4byte(pPrior, 0); 5265 pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; 5266 spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; 5267 } 5268 n = nPayload; 5269 if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; 5270 5271 /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area 5272 ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ 5273 assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); 5274 5275 /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage 5276 ** is still writeable */ 5277 assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] 5278 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 5279 5280 if( nSrc>0 ){ 5281 if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; 5282 assert( pSrc ); 5283 memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); 5284 }else{ 5285 memset(pPayload, 0, n); 5286 } 5287 nPayload -= n; 5288 pPayload += n; 5289 pSrc += n; 5290 nSrc -= n; 5291 spaceLeft -= n; 5292 if( nSrc==0 ){ 5293 nSrc = nData; 5294 pSrc = pData; 5295 } 5296 } 5297 releasePage(pToRelease); 5298 return SQLITE_OK; 5299 } 5300 5301 /* 5302 ** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. 5303 ** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that 5304 ** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just 5305 ** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. 5306 ** 5307 ** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. 5308 */ 5309 static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ 5310 int i; /* Loop counter */ 5311 int pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ 5312 u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ 5313 u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ 5314 int rc; /* The return code */ 5315 int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ 5316 5317 if( *pRC ) return; 5318 5319 assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell ); 5320 assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); 5321 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 5322 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 5323 data = pPage->aData; 5324 ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx]; 5325 pc = get2byte(ptr); 5326 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; 5327 testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); 5328 testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); 5329 if( pc < get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ 5330 *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5331 return; 5332 } 5333 rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); 5334 if( rc ){ 5335 *pRC = rc; 5336 return; 5337 } 5338 for(i=idx+1; i<pPage->nCell; i++, ptr+=2){ 5339 ptr[0] = ptr[2]; 5340 ptr[1] = ptr[3]; 5341 } 5342 pPage->nCell--; 5343 put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); 5344 pPage->nFree += 2; 5345 } 5346 5347 /* 5348 ** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the 5349 ** content of the cell. 5350 ** 5351 ** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it 5352 ** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if 5353 ** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry 5354 ** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either 5355 ** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 5356 ** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 5357 ** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. 5358 ** 5359 ** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the 5360 ** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If 5361 ** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location 5362 ** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). 5363 */ 5364 static void insertCell( 5365 MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ 5366 int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ 5367 u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ 5368 int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ 5369 u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ 5370 Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ 5371 int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ 5372 ){ 5373 int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ 5374 int j; /* Loop counter */ 5375 int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ 5376 int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ 5377 int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ 5378 u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ 5379 u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */ 5380 5381 int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0); 5382 5383 if( *pRC ) return; 5384 5385 assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); 5386 assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 ); 5387 assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) ); 5388 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 5389 /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a 5390 ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size 5391 ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size 5392 ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence 5393 ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ 5394 assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); 5395 if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ 5396 if( pTemp ){ 5397 memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); 5398 pCell = pTemp; 5399 } 5400 if( iChild ){ 5401 put4byte(pCell, iChild); 5402 } 5403 j = pPage->nOverflow++; 5404 assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) ); 5405 pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell; 5406 pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i; 5407 }else{ 5408 int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); 5409 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5410 *pRC = rc; 5411 return; 5412 } 5413 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 5414 data = pPage->aData; 5415 cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; 5416 end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; 5417 ins = cellOffset + 2*i; 5418 rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); 5419 if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } 5420 /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties 5421 ** if it returns success */ 5422 assert( idx >= end+2 ); 5423 assert( idx+sz <= pPage->pBt->usableSize ); 5424 pPage->nCell++; 5425 pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); 5426 memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); 5427 if( iChild ){ 5428 put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); 5429 } 5430 for(j=end, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){ 5431 ptr[0] = ptr[-2]; 5432 ptr[1] = ptr[-1]; 5433 } 5434 put2byte(&data[ins], idx); 5435 put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); 5436 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 5437 if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ 5438 /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write 5439 ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. 5440 */ 5441 ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); 5442 } 5443 #endif 5444 } 5445 } 5446 5447 /* 5448 ** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. 5449 ** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. 5450 */ 5451 static void assemblePage( 5452 MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ 5453 int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ 5454 u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ 5455 u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ 5456 ){ 5457 int i; /* Loop counter */ 5458 u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ 5459 int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ 5460 u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */ 5461 const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */ 5462 const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */ 5463 5464 assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); 5465 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 5466 assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 ); 5467 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); 5468 5469 /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */ 5470 assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); 5471 assert( get2byte(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable ); 5472 5473 pCellptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + nCell*2]; 5474 cellbody = nUsable; 5475 for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ 5476 pCellptr -= 2; 5477 cellbody -= aSize[i]; 5478 put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody); 5479 memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]); 5480 } 5481 put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); 5482 put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody); 5483 pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody); 5484 pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell; 5485 } 5486 5487 /* 5488 ** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved 5489 ** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side 5490 ** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the 5491 ** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and 5492 ** NN neighbors on either side. 5493 ** 5494 ** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 5495 ** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance 5496 ** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. 5497 ** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. 5498 */ 5499 #define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ 5500 #define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ 5501 5502 5503 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE 5504 /* 5505 ** This version of balance() handles the common special case where 5506 ** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the 5507 ** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest 5508 ** entry in the tree. 5509 ** 5510 ** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add 5511 ** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in 5512 ** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat 5513 ** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries 5514 ** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly 5515 ** fill up. On average. 5516 ** 5517 ** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. 5518 ** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry 5519 ** which is also the right-most entry on the page. 5520 ** 5521 ** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider 5522 ** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 5523 ** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other 5524 ** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at 5525 ** least 13 bytes in size. 5526 */ 5527 static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ 5528 BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ 5529 MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ 5530 int rc; /* Return Code */ 5531 Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ 5532 5533 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); 5534 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); 5535 assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); 5536 5537 if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5538 5539 /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 5540 ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell 5541 ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. 5542 */ 5543 rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); 5544 5545 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5546 5547 u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; 5548 u8 *pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell; 5549 u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); 5550 u8 *pStop; 5551 5552 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); 5553 assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); 5554 zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); 5555 assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); 5556 5557 /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map 5558 ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 5559 ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these 5560 ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents 5561 ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. 5562 ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to 5563 ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a 5564 ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. 5565 */ 5566 if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ 5567 ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); 5568 if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ 5569 ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); 5570 } 5571 } 5572 5573 /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell 5574 ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and 5575 ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the 5576 ** largest key on pPage). 5577 ** 5578 ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most 5579 ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the 5580 ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) 5581 ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). 5582 ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length 5583 ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the 5584 ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. 5585 */ 5586 pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); 5587 pStop = &pCell[9]; 5588 while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop ); 5589 pStop = &pCell[9]; 5590 while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop ); 5591 5592 /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */ 5593 insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), 5594 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); 5595 5596 /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ 5597 put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); 5598 5599 /* Release the reference to the new page. */ 5600 releasePage(pNew); 5601 } 5602 5603 return rc; 5604 } 5605 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ 5606 5607 #if 0 5608 /* 5609 ** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. 5610 ** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible 5611 ** for setting pointer-map entries. 5612 */ 5613 static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ 5614 int i, j; 5615 for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){ 5616 Pgno n; 5617 u8 e; 5618 MemPage *pPage = apPage[i]; 5619 BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; 5620 assert( pPage->isInit ); 5621 5622 for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){ 5623 CellInfo info; 5624 u8 *z; 5625 5626 z = findCell(pPage, j); 5627 btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info); 5628 if( info.iOverflow ){ 5629 Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]); 5630 ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n); 5631 assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); 5632 } 5633 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 5634 Pgno child = get4byte(z); 5635 ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); 5636 assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); 5637 } 5638 } 5639 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 5640 Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); 5641 ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); 5642 assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); 5643 } 5644 } 5645 return 1; 5646 } 5647 #endif 5648 5649 /* 5650 ** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored 5651 ** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then 5652 ** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the 5653 ** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained 5654 ** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer 5655 ** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. 5656 ** 5657 ** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the 5658 ** MemPage.aOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. 5659 ** 5660 ** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). 5661 ** 5662 ** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by 5663 ** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of 5664 ** which are called often under normal circumstances. 5665 */ 5666 static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ 5667 if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5668 BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; 5669 u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; 5670 u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; 5671 int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; 5672 int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); 5673 int rc; 5674 int iData; 5675 5676 5677 assert( pFrom->isInit ); 5678 assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); 5679 assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5])<=pBt->usableSize ); 5680 5681 /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ 5682 iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); 5683 memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); 5684 memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); 5685 5686 /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure 5687 ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under 5688 ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized 5689 ** page pFrom. 5690 */ 5691 pTo->isInit = 0; 5692 rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); 5693 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5694 *pRC = rc; 5695 return; 5696 } 5697 5698 /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries 5699 ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. 5700 */ 5701 if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ 5702 *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); 5703 } 5704 } 5705 } 5706 5707 /* 5708 ** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent 5709 ** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the 5710 ** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the 5711 ** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one 5712 ** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page 5713 ** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page 5714 ** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings 5715 ** participate in the balancing. 5716 ** 5717 ** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by 5718 ** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. 5719 ** 5720 ** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page 5721 ** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen 5722 ** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated 5723 ** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. 5724 ** 5725 ** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be 5726 ** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so 5727 ** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this 5728 ** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct 5729 ** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). 5730 ** 5731 ** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database 5732 ** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should 5733 ** be rolled back. 5734 ** 5735 ** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a 5736 ** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent 5737 ** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is 5738 ** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts 5739 ** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum 5740 ** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 5741 ** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large 5742 ** enough for all overflow cells. 5743 ** 5744 ** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns 5745 ** SQLITE_NOMEM. 5746 */ 5747 static int balance_nonroot( 5748 MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ 5749 int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ 5750 u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ 5751 int isRoot /* True if pParent is a root-page */ 5752 ){ 5753 BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ 5754 int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ 5755 int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ 5756 int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ 5757 int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ 5758 int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ 5759 int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ 5760 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */ 5761 u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ 5762 int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ 5763 int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ 5764 int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ 5765 int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ 5766 int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ 5767 int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ 5768 int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ 5769 MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ 5770 MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ 5771 MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ 5772 u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ 5773 u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ 5774 int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ 5775 int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ 5776 u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ 5777 u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ 5778 u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ 5779 Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ 5780 5781 pBt = pParent->pBt; 5782 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 5783 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); 5784 5785 #if 0 5786 TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); 5787 #endif 5788 5789 /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if 5790 ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with 5791 ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function 5792 ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). 5793 */ 5794 assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); 5795 assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aOvfl[0].idx==iParentIdx ); 5796 5797 if( !aOvflSpace ){ 5798 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 5799 } 5800 5801 /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent 5802 ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on 5803 ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, 5804 ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent 5805 ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. 5806 ** 5807 ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This 5808 ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any 5809 ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will 5810 ** have already been removed. 5811 */ 5812 i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; 5813 if( i<2 ){ 5814 nxDiv = 0; 5815 nOld = i+1; 5816 }else{ 5817 nOld = 3; 5818 if( iParentIdx==0 ){ 5819 nxDiv = 0; 5820 }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ 5821 nxDiv = i-2; 5822 }else{ 5823 nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; 5824 } 5825 i = 2; 5826 } 5827 if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ 5828 pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; 5829 }else{ 5830 pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); 5831 } 5832 pgno = get4byte(pRight); 5833 while( 1 ){ 5834 rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]); 5835 if( rc ){ 5836 memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); 5837 goto balance_cleanup; 5838 } 5839 nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; 5840 if( (i--)==0 ) break; 5841 5842 if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aOvfl[0].idx && pParent->nOverflow ){ 5843 apDiv[i] = pParent->aOvfl[0].pCell; 5844 pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); 5845 szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); 5846 pParent->nOverflow = 0; 5847 }else{ 5848 apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); 5849 pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); 5850 szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); 5851 5852 /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to 5853 ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. 5854 ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first 5855 ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first 5856 ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use 5857 ** later on. 5858 ** 5859 ** Unless SQLite is compiled in secure-delete mode. In this case, 5860 ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. 5861 ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] 5862 ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer 5863 ** is allocated. */ 5864 if( pBt->secureDelete ){ 5865 int iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); 5866 if( (iOff+szNew[i])>pBt->usableSize ){ 5867 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5868 memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); 5869 goto balance_cleanup; 5870 }else{ 5871 memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); 5872 apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; 5873 } 5874 } 5875 dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); 5876 } 5877 } 5878 5879 /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte 5880 ** alignment */ 5881 nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; 5882 5883 /* 5884 ** Allocate space for memory structures 5885 */ 5886 k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); 5887 szScratch = 5888 nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ 5889 + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */ 5890 + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */ 5891 + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */ 5892 apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 5893 if( apCell==0 ){ 5894 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 5895 goto balance_cleanup; 5896 } 5897 szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; 5898 aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; 5899 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); 5900 5901 /* 5902 ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells 5903 ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells 5904 ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells 5905 ** from pParent. 5906 ** 5907 ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the 5908 ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied 5909 ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without 5910 ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in 5911 ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] 5912 ** are alike. 5913 ** 5914 ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. 5915 ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. 5916 */ 5917 leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4; 5918 leafData = apOld[0]->hasData; 5919 for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){ 5920 int limit; 5921 5922 /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling 5923 ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather 5924 ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the 5925 ** process of being overwritten. */ 5926 MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i]; 5927 memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage)); 5928 pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1]; 5929 memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); 5930 5931 limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow; 5932 for(j=0; j<limit; j++){ 5933 assert( nCell<nMaxCells ); 5934 apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j); 5935 szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]); 5936 nCell++; 5937 } 5938 if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){ 5939 u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i]; 5940 u8 *pTemp; 5941 assert( nCell<nMaxCells ); 5942 szCell[nCell] = sz; 5943 pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1]; 5944 iSpace1 += sz; 5945 assert( sz<=pBt->pageSize/4 ); 5946 assert( iSpace1<=pBt->pageSize ); 5947 memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); 5948 apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; 5949 assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); 5950 szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection; 5951 if( !pOld->leaf ){ 5952 assert( leafCorrection==0 ); 5953 assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); 5954 /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left 5955 ** pointer of the divider cell */ 5956 memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); 5957 }else{ 5958 assert( leafCorrection==4 ); 5959 if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ 5960 /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ 5961 szCell[nCell] = 4; 5962 } 5963 } 5964 nCell++; 5965 } 5966 } 5967 5968 /* 5969 ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. 5970 ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total 5971 ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index 5972 ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. 5973 ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. 5974 ** 5975 ** Values computed by this block: 5976 ** 5977 ** k: The total number of sibling pages 5978 ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. 5979 ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to 5980 ** the right of the i-th sibling page. 5981 ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. 5982 ** 5983 */ 5984 usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; 5985 for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){ 5986 assert( i<nMaxCells ); 5987 subtotal += szCell[i] + 2; 5988 if( subtotal > usableSpace ){ 5989 szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; 5990 cntNew[k] = i; 5991 if( leafData ){ i--; } 5992 subtotal = 0; 5993 k++; 5994 if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } 5995 } 5996 } 5997 szNew[k] = subtotal; 5998 cntNew[k] = nCell; 5999 k++; 6000 6001 /* 6002 ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings 6003 ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the 6004 ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts 6005 ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. 6006 ** 6007 ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might 6008 ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most 6009 ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. 6010 */ 6011 for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ 6012 int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ 6013 int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ 6014 int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ 6015 int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ 6016 6017 r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; 6018 d = r + 1 - leafData; 6019 assert( d<nMaxCells ); 6020 assert( r<nMaxCells ); 6021 while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){ 6022 szRight += szCell[d] + 2; 6023 szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2; 6024 cntNew[i-1]--; 6025 r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; 6026 d = r + 1 - leafData; 6027 } 6028 szNew[i] = szRight; 6029 szNew[i-1] = szLeft; 6030 } 6031 6032 /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is 6033 ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root 6034 ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. 6035 */ 6036 assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); 6037 6038 TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ", 6039 apOld[0]->pgno, 6040 nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, 6041 nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0 6042 )); 6043 6044 /* 6045 ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. 6046 */ 6047 if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){ 6048 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 6049 goto balance_cleanup; 6050 } 6051 pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; 6052 for(i=0; i<k; i++){ 6053 MemPage *pNew; 6054 if( i<nOld ){ 6055 pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i]; 6056 apOld[i] = 0; 6057 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage); 6058 nNew++; 6059 if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; 6060 }else{ 6061 assert( i>0 ); 6062 rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, pgno, 0); 6063 if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; 6064 apNew[i] = pNew; 6065 nNew++; 6066 6067 /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ 6068 if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ 6069 ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); 6070 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6071 goto balance_cleanup; 6072 } 6073 } 6074 } 6075 } 6076 6077 /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. 6078 */ 6079 while( i<nOld ){ 6080 freePage(apOld[i], &rc); 6081 if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; 6082 releasePage(apOld[i]); 6083 apOld[i] = 0; 6084 i++; 6085 } 6086 6087 /* 6088 ** Put the new pages in accending order. This helps to 6089 ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan 6090 ** of the table is a linear scan through the file. That 6091 ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages 6092 ** from the disk more rapidly. 6093 ** 6094 ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since 6095 ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should 6096 ** not be a problem. 6097 ** 6098 ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database 6099 ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions. 6100 */ 6101 for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){ 6102 int minV = apNew[i]->pgno; 6103 int minI = i; 6104 for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){ 6105 if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){ 6106 minI = j; 6107 minV = apNew[j]->pgno; 6108 } 6109 } 6110 if( minI>i ){ 6111 int t; 6112 MemPage *pT; 6113 t = apNew[i]->pgno; 6114 pT = apNew[i]; 6115 apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; 6116 apNew[minI] = pT; 6117 } 6118 } 6119 TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", 6120 apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], 6121 nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, 6122 nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, 6123 nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, 6124 nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); 6125 6126 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); 6127 put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); 6128 6129 /* 6130 ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. 6131 ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. 6132 */ 6133 j = 0; 6134 for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ 6135 /* Assemble the new sibling page. */ 6136 MemPage *pNew = apNew[i]; 6137 assert( j<nMaxCells ); 6138 zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags); 6139 assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]); 6140 assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); 6141 assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); 6142 6143 j = cntNew[i]; 6144 6145 /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, 6146 ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. 6147 */ 6148 assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell ); 6149 if( j<nCell ){ 6150 u8 *pCell; 6151 u8 *pTemp; 6152 int sz; 6153 6154 assert( j<nMaxCells ); 6155 pCell = apCell[j]; 6156 sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection; 6157 pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace]; 6158 if( !pNew->leaf ){ 6159 memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); 6160 }else if( leafData ){ 6161 /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 6162 ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 6163 ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 6164 ** the sibling-page assembled above only. 6165 */ 6166 CellInfo info; 6167 j--; 6168 btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); 6169 pCell = pTemp; 6170 sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); 6171 pTemp = 0; 6172 }else{ 6173 pCell -= 4; 6174 /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was 6175 ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 6176 ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 6177 ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of 6178 ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 6179 ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. 6180 ** 6181 ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all 6182 ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used 6183 ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. 6184 */ 6185 if( szCell[j]==4 ){ 6186 assert(leafCorrection==4); 6187 sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); 6188 } 6189 } 6190 iOvflSpace += sz; 6191 assert( sz<=pBt->pageSize/4 ); 6192 assert( iOvflSpace<=pBt->pageSize ); 6193 insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); 6194 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; 6195 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); 6196 6197 j++; 6198 nxDiv++; 6199 } 6200 } 6201 assert( j==nCell ); 6202 assert( nOld>0 ); 6203 assert( nNew>0 ); 6204 if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ 6205 u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8]; 6206 memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4); 6207 } 6208 6209 if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ 6210 /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling 6211 ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the 6212 ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the 6213 ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" 6214 ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. 6215 ** 6216 ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() 6217 ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages 6218 ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. 6219 ** 6220 ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented 6221 ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This 6222 ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database 6223 ** image. */ 6224 assert( nNew==1 ); 6225 assert( apNew[0]->nFree == 6226 (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) 6227 ); 6228 copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); 6229 freePage(apNew[0], &rc); 6230 }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ 6231 /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. 6232 ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to 6233 ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but 6234 ** many have not. The following is a summary: 6235 ** 6236 ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not 6237 ** siblings when this function was called. These have already 6238 ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were 6239 ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care 6240 ** of those. 6241 ** 6242 ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow 6243 ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These 6244 ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code. 6245 ** 6246 ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of 6247 ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated. 6248 ** 6249 ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any 6250 ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated 6251 ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages). 6252 ** 6253 ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map 6254 ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need 6255 ** to be updated. 6256 ** 6257 ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next 6258 ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since 6259 ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this 6260 ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have 6261 ** actually moved between pages. */ 6262 MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; 6263 MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0]; 6264 int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; 6265 int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow; 6266 int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aOvfl[0].idx : -1); 6267 j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */ 6268 k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */ 6269 for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ 6270 int isDivider = 0; 6271 while( i==iNextOld ){ 6272 /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old 6273 ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an 6274 ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */ 6275 pOld = apCopy[++j]; 6276 iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow; 6277 if( pOld->nOverflow ){ 6278 nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; 6279 iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aOvfl[0].idx; 6280 } 6281 isDivider = !leafData; 6282 } 6283 6284 assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i ); 6285 assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aOvfl[0].idx==pOld->aOvfl[1].idx-1); 6286 assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aOvfl[1].idx==pOld->aOvfl[2].idx-1); 6287 if( i==iOverflow ){ 6288 isDivider = 1; 6289 if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){ 6290 iOverflow++; 6291 } 6292 } 6293 6294 if( i==cntNew[k] ){ 6295 /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new 6296 ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an 6297 ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */ 6298 pNew = apNew[++k]; 6299 if( !leafData ) continue; 6300 } 6301 assert( j<nOld ); 6302 assert( k<nNew ); 6303 6304 /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or 6305 ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling 6306 ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated 6307 ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated. */ 6308 if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){ 6309 if( !leafCorrection ){ 6310 ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); 6311 } 6312 if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){ 6313 ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc); 6314 } 6315 } 6316 } 6317 6318 if( !leafCorrection ){ 6319 for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ 6320 u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]); 6321 ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); 6322 } 6323 } 6324 6325 #if 0 6326 /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that 6327 ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while 6328 ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may 6329 ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ 6330 ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); 6331 ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); 6332 #endif 6333 } 6334 6335 assert( pParent->isInit ); 6336 TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", 6337 nOld, nNew, nCell)); 6338 6339 /* 6340 ** Cleanup before returning. 6341 */ 6342 balance_cleanup: 6343 sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell); 6344 for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){ 6345 releasePage(apOld[i]); 6346 } 6347 for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ 6348 releasePage(apNew[i]); 6349 } 6350 6351 return rc; 6352 } 6353 6354 6355 /* 6356 ** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is 6357 ** overfull (has one or more overflow pages). 6358 ** 6359 ** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root 6360 ** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root 6361 ** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child 6362 ** pointer pointing to the new page. 6363 ** 6364 ** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages 6365 ** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The 6366 ** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root 6367 ** page is also updated. 6368 ** 6369 ** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child 6370 ** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required 6371 ** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, 6372 ** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. 6373 */ 6374 static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ 6375 int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ 6376 MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */ 6377 Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */ 6378 BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */ 6379 6380 assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); 6381 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 6382 6383 /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new 6384 ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents 6385 ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. 6386 */ 6387 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); 6388 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6389 rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); 6390 copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); 6391 if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ 6392 ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); 6393 } 6394 } 6395 if( rc ){ 6396 *ppChild = 0; 6397 releasePage(pChild); 6398 return rc; 6399 } 6400 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); 6401 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); 6402 assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); 6403 6404 TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); 6405 6406 /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ 6407 memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pRoot->aOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aOvfl[0])); 6408 pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; 6409 6410 /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ 6411 zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); 6412 put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); 6413 6414 *ppChild = pChild; 6415 return SQLITE_OK; 6416 } 6417 6418 /* 6419 ** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in 6420 ** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the 6421 ** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing 6422 ** routine. Balancing routines are: 6423 ** 6424 ** balance_quick() 6425 ** balance_deeper() 6426 ** balance_nonroot() 6427 */ 6428 static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ 6429 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6430 const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; 6431 u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; 6432 u8 *pFree = 0; 6433 6434 TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); 6435 TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); 6436 6437 do { 6438 int iPage = pCur->iPage; 6439 MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage]; 6440 6441 if( iPage==0 ){ 6442 if( pPage->nOverflow ){ 6443 /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the 6444 ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page 6445 ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The 6446 ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. 6447 */ 6448 assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 ); 6449 rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); 6450 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6451 pCur->iPage = 1; 6452 pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; 6453 pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0; 6454 assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow ); 6455 } 6456 }else{ 6457 break; 6458 } 6459 }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ 6460 break; 6461 }else{ 6462 MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; 6463 int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; 6464 6465 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); 6466 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6467 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE 6468 if( pPage->hasData 6469 && pPage->nOverflow==1 6470 && pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell 6471 && pParent->pgno!=1 6472 && pParent->nCell==iIdx 6473 ){ 6474 /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which 6475 ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell 6476 ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this 6477 ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent 6478 ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this 6479 ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] 6480 ** buffer. 6481 ** 6482 ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a 6483 ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this 6484 ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse 6485 ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. 6486 */ 6487 assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 ); 6488 rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); 6489 }else 6490 #endif 6491 { 6492 /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells 6493 ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves 6494 ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to 6495 ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop 6496 ** will balance the parent page to correct this. 6497 ** 6498 ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells 6499 ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. 6500 ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by 6501 ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, 6502 ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a 6503 ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() 6504 ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by 6505 ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been 6506 ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new 6507 ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). 6508 */ 6509 u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); 6510 rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1); 6511 if( pFree ){ 6512 /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used 6513 ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are 6514 ** now stored either on real database pages or within the 6515 ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ 6516 sqlite3PageFree(pFree); 6517 } 6518 6519 /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to 6520 ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever 6521 ** comes first. */ 6522 pFree = pSpace; 6523 } 6524 } 6525 6526 pPage->nOverflow = 0; 6527 6528 /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ 6529 releasePage(pPage); 6530 pCur->iPage--; 6531 } 6532 }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6533 6534 if( pFree ){ 6535 sqlite3PageFree(pFree); 6536 } 6537 return rc; 6538 } 6539 6540 6541 /* 6542 ** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) 6543 ** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to 6544 ** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor 6545 ** is left pointing at a random location. 6546 ** 6547 ** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is 6548 ** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. 6549 ** 6550 ** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to 6551 ** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already 6552 ** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative 6553 ** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or 6554 ** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 6555 ** (pKey, nKey)). 6556 ** 6557 ** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that 6558 ** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be 6559 ** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may 6560 ** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek 6561 ** the cursor before the new key can be inserted. 6562 */ 6563 int sqlite3BtreeInsert( 6564 BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ 6565 const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ 6566 const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ 6567 int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ 6568 int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */ 6569 int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ 6570 ){ 6571 int rc; 6572 int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ 6573 int szNew = 0; 6574 int idx; 6575 MemPage *pPage; 6576 Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; 6577 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 6578 unsigned char *oldCell; 6579 unsigned char *newCell = 0; 6580 6581 if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ 6582 assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); 6583 return pCur->skipNext; 6584 } 6585 6586 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 6587 assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && !pBt->readOnly ); 6588 assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); 6589 6590 /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened 6591 ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob 6592 ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an 6593 ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a 6594 ** blob of associated data. */ 6595 assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); 6596 6597 /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 6598 ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace 6599 ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op). */ 6600 if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ 6601 invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0); 6602 } 6603 6604 /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table. 6605 ** 6606 ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For 6607 ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer 6608 ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the 6609 ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the 6610 ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes 6611 ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without 6612 ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important 6613 ** not to clear the cursor here. 6614 */ 6615 rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); 6616 if( rc ) return rc; 6617 if( !loc ){ 6618 rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc); 6619 if( rc ) return rc; 6620 } 6621 assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); 6622 6623 pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 6624 assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); 6625 assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); 6626 6627 TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", 6628 pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, 6629 loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); 6630 assert( pPage->isInit ); 6631 allocateTempSpace(pBt); 6632 newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; 6633 if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6634 rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); 6635 if( rc ) goto end_insert; 6636 assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); 6637 assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); 6638 idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; 6639 if( loc==0 ){ 6640 u16 szOld; 6641 assert( idx<pPage->nCell ); 6642 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); 6643 if( rc ){ 6644 goto end_insert; 6645 } 6646 oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); 6647 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 6648 memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); 6649 } 6650 szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); 6651 rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); 6652 dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc); 6653 if( rc ) goto end_insert; 6654 }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ 6655 assert( pPage->leaf ); 6656 idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; 6657 }else{ 6658 assert( pPage->leaf ); 6659 } 6660 insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); 6661 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); 6662 6663 /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() 6664 ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move 6665 ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey 6666 ** variables. 6667 ** 6668 ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor 6669 ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents 6670 ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, 6671 ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations 6672 ** slightly faster. 6673 ** 6674 ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting 6675 ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can 6676 ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it 6677 ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in 6678 ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last 6679 ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key 6680 ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the 6681 ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. 6682 */ 6683 pCur->info.nSize = 0; 6684 pCur->validNKey = 0; 6685 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){ 6686 rc = balance(pCur); 6687 6688 /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() 6689 ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. 6690 ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() 6691 ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ 6692 pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; 6693 pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; 6694 } 6695 assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 ); 6696 6697 end_insert: 6698 return rc; 6699 } 6700 6701 /* 6702 ** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor 6703 ** is left pointing at a arbitrary location. 6704 */ 6705 int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ 6706 Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; 6707 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 6708 int rc; /* Return code */ 6709 MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ 6710 unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ 6711 int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ 6712 int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ 6713 6714 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 6715 assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); 6716 assert( !pBt->readOnly ); 6717 assert( pCur->wrFlag ); 6718 assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); 6719 assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); 6720 6721 if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) 6722 || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) 6723 ){ 6724 return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */ 6725 } 6726 6727 /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, 6728 ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ 6729 if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ 6730 invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0); 6731 } 6732 6733 iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; 6734 iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth]; 6735 pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth]; 6736 pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); 6737 6738 /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move 6739 ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than 6740 ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted 6741 ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead 6742 ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the 6743 ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes 6744 ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ 6745 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 6746 int notUsed; 6747 rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used); 6748 if( rc ) return rc; 6749 } 6750 6751 /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before 6752 ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be 6753 ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the 6754 ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page. 6755 */ 6756 rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); 6757 if( rc ) return rc; 6758 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); 6759 if( rc ) return rc; 6760 rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); 6761 dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc); 6762 if( rc ) return rc; 6763 6764 /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor 6765 ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed 6766 ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal 6767 ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal 6768 ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ 6769 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 6770 MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 6771 int nCell; 6772 Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; 6773 unsigned char *pTmp; 6774 6775 pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); 6776 nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell); 6777 assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=nCell ); 6778 6779 allocateTempSpace(pBt); 6780 pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; 6781 6782 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); 6783 insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); 6784 dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); 6785 if( rc ) return rc; 6786 } 6787 6788 /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, 6789 ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first 6790 ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is 6791 ** never true. 6792 ** 6793 ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then 6794 ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to 6795 ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly 6796 ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may 6797 ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm 6798 ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the 6799 ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has 6800 ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, 6801 ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as 6802 ** well. */ 6803 rc = balance(pCur); 6804 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ 6805 while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ 6806 releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); 6807 } 6808 rc = balance(pCur); 6809 } 6810 6811 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6812 moveToRoot(pCur); 6813 } 6814 return rc; 6815 } 6816 6817 /* 6818 ** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page 6819 ** number for the root page of the new table. 6820 ** 6821 ** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the 6822 ** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for 6823 ** flags might not work: 6824 ** 6825 ** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys 6826 ** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices 6827 */ 6828 static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ 6829 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 6830 MemPage *pRoot; 6831 Pgno pgnoRoot; 6832 int rc; 6833 6834 assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); 6835 assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); 6836 assert( !pBt->readOnly ); 6837 6838 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6839 rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); 6840 if( rc ){ 6841 return rc; 6842 } 6843 #else 6844 if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ 6845 Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ 6846 MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ 6847 6848 /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database 6849 ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns 6850 ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches 6851 ** held by open cursors. 6852 */ 6853 invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); 6854 6855 /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the 6856 ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page 6857 ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). 6858 */ 6859 sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); 6860 pgnoRoot++; 6861 6862 /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the 6863 ** PENDING_BYTE page. 6864 */ 6865 while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || 6866 pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ 6867 pgnoRoot++; 6868 } 6869 assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); 6870 6871 /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will 6872 ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens 6873 ** to reside at pgnoRoot). 6874 */ 6875 rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1); 6876 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6877 return rc; 6878 } 6879 6880 if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ 6881 /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of 6882 ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were 6883 ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated 6884 ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove 6885 ** is already journaled. 6886 */ 6887 u8 eType = 0; 6888 Pgno iPtrPage = 0; 6889 6890 releasePage(pPageMove); 6891 6892 /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ 6893 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); 6894 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6895 return rc; 6896 } 6897 rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); 6898 if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ 6899 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 6900 } 6901 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6902 releasePage(pRoot); 6903 return rc; 6904 } 6905 assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); 6906 assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); 6907 rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); 6908 releasePage(pRoot); 6909 6910 /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ 6911 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6912 return rc; 6913 } 6914 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); 6915 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6916 return rc; 6917 } 6918 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); 6919 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6920 releasePage(pRoot); 6921 return rc; 6922 } 6923 }else{ 6924 pRoot = pPageMove; 6925 } 6926 6927 /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ 6928 ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); 6929 if( rc ){ 6930 releasePage(pRoot); 6931 return rc; 6932 } 6933 6934 /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in 6935 ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the 6936 ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail. 6937 */ 6938 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) ); 6939 rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); 6940 if( NEVER(rc) ){ 6941 releasePage(pRoot); 6942 return rc; 6943 } 6944 6945 }else{ 6946 rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); 6947 if( rc ) return rc; 6948 } 6949 #endif 6950 assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); 6951 zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF); 6952 sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); 6953 *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; 6954 return SQLITE_OK; 6955 } 6956 int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ 6957 int rc; 6958 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 6959 rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); 6960 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 6961 return rc; 6962 } 6963 6964 /* 6965 ** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return 6966 ** the page to the freelist. 6967 */ 6968 static int clearDatabasePage( 6969 BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ 6970 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ 6971 int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ 6972 int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ 6973 ){ 6974 MemPage *pPage; 6975 int rc; 6976 unsigned char *pCell; 6977 int i; 6978 6979 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); 6980 if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ 6981 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 6982 } 6983 6984 rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage); 6985 if( rc ) return rc; 6986 for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){ 6987 pCell = findCell(pPage, i); 6988 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 6989 rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); 6990 if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; 6991 } 6992 rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); 6993 if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; 6994 } 6995 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 6996 rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange); 6997 if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; 6998 }else if( pnChange ){ 6999 assert( pPage->intKey ); 7000 *pnChange += pPage->nCell; 7001 } 7002 if( freePageFlag ){ 7003 freePage(pPage, &rc); 7004 }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ 7005 zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF); 7006 } 7007 7008 cleardatabasepage_out: 7009 releasePage(pPage); 7010 return rc; 7011 } 7012 7013 /* 7014 ** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is 7015 ** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, 7016 ** the root page is empty, but still exists. 7017 ** 7018 ** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open 7019 ** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the 7020 ** root of the table. 7021 ** 7022 ** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The 7023 ** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of 7024 ** entries in the table. 7025 */ 7026 int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ 7027 int rc; 7028 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 7029 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 7030 assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); 7031 7032 /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable 7033 ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is 7034 ** a no-op). */ 7035 invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1); 7036 7037 rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); 7038 if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ 7039 rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); 7040 } 7041 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7042 return rc; 7043 } 7044 7045 /* 7046 ** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to 7047 ** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on 7048 ** page 1) is never added to the freelist. 7049 ** 7050 ** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open 7051 ** cursors on the table. 7052 ** 7053 ** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last 7054 ** root page in the database file, then the last root page 7055 ** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by 7056 ** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page 7057 ** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all 7058 ** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which 7059 ** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the 7060 ** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before 7061 ** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. 7062 ** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of 7063 ** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. 7064 */ 7065 static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ 7066 int rc; 7067 MemPage *pPage = 0; 7068 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 7069 7070 assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); 7071 assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); 7072 7073 /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the 7074 ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may 7075 ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted 7076 ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would 7077 ** occur. 7078 ** 7079 ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point. 7080 */ 7081 if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){ 7082 sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); 7083 return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; 7084 } 7085 7086 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); 7087 if( rc ) return rc; 7088 rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); 7089 if( rc ){ 7090 releasePage(pPage); 7091 return rc; 7092 } 7093 7094 *piMoved = 0; 7095 7096 if( iTable>1 ){ 7097 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7098 freePage(pPage, &rc); 7099 releasePage(pPage); 7100 #else 7101 if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ 7102 Pgno maxRootPgno; 7103 sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); 7104 7105 if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ 7106 /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page 7107 ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 7108 */ 7109 freePage(pPage, &rc); 7110 releasePage(pPage); 7111 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7112 return rc; 7113 } 7114 }else{ 7115 /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page 7116 ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 7117 ** gap left by the deleted root-page. 7118 */ 7119 MemPage *pMove; 7120 releasePage(pPage); 7121 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); 7122 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7123 return rc; 7124 } 7125 rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); 7126 releasePage(pMove); 7127 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7128 return rc; 7129 } 7130 pMove = 0; 7131 rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); 7132 freePage(pMove, &rc); 7133 releasePage(pMove); 7134 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7135 return rc; 7136 } 7137 *piMoved = maxRootPgno; 7138 } 7139 7140 /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This 7141 ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to 7142 ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the 7143 ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. 7144 */ 7145 maxRootPgno--; 7146 while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 7147 || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ 7148 maxRootPgno--; 7149 } 7150 assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); 7151 7152 rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); 7153 }else{ 7154 freePage(pPage, &rc); 7155 releasePage(pPage); 7156 } 7157 #endif 7158 }else{ 7159 /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. 7160 ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt 7161 ** database. 7162 */ 7163 zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); 7164 releasePage(pPage); 7165 } 7166 return rc; 7167 } 7168 int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ 7169 int rc; 7170 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 7171 rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); 7172 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7173 return rc; 7174 } 7175 7176 7177 /* 7178 ** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already 7179 ** has a read or write transaction open on the database. 7180 ** 7181 ** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] 7182 ** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] 7183 ** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] 7184 ** is read-only, the others are read/write. 7185 ** 7186 ** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema 7187 ** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of 7188 ** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. 7189 */ 7190 void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ 7191 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 7192 7193 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 7194 assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); 7195 assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); 7196 assert( pBt->pPage1 ); 7197 assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); 7198 7199 *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); 7200 7201 /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum 7202 ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ 7203 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7204 if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1; 7205 #endif 7206 7207 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7208 } 7209 7210 /* 7211 ** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is 7212 ** read-only and may not be written. 7213 */ 7214 int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ 7215 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 7216 unsigned char *pP1; 7217 int rc; 7218 assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); 7219 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 7220 assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); 7221 assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); 7222 pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; 7223 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); 7224 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7225 put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); 7226 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7227 if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ 7228 assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); 7229 assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); 7230 pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; 7231 } 7232 #endif 7233 } 7234 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7235 return rc; 7236 } 7237 7238 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT 7239 /* 7240 ** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the 7241 ** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. 7242 ** 7243 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. 7244 ** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database 7245 ** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. 7246 */ 7247 int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ 7248 i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ 7249 int rc; /* Return code */ 7250 rc = moveToRoot(pCur); 7251 7252 /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each 7253 ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). 7254 */ 7255 while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7256 int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ 7257 MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ 7258 7259 /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then 7260 ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter 7261 ** accordingly. 7262 */ 7263 pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 7264 if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ 7265 nEntry += pPage->nCell; 7266 } 7267 7268 /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it 7269 ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of 7270 ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The 7271 ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell 7272 ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page 7273 ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. 7274 ** 7275 ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the 7276 ** caller. 7277 */ 7278 if( pPage->leaf ){ 7279 do { 7280 if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ 7281 /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ 7282 *pnEntry = nEntry; 7283 return SQLITE_OK; 7284 } 7285 moveToParent(pCur); 7286 }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); 7287 7288 pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; 7289 pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; 7290 } 7291 7292 /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently 7293 ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). 7294 */ 7295 iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; 7296 if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ 7297 rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); 7298 }else{ 7299 rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); 7300 } 7301 } 7302 7303 /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ 7304 return rc; 7305 } 7306 #endif 7307 7308 /* 7309 ** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for 7310 ** testing and debugging only. 7311 */ 7312 Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ 7313 return p->pBt->pPager; 7314 } 7315 7316 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK 7317 /* 7318 ** Append a message to the error message string. 7319 */ 7320 static void checkAppendMsg( 7321 IntegrityCk *pCheck, 7322 char *zMsg1, 7323 const char *zFormat, 7324 ... 7325 ){ 7326 va_list ap; 7327 if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; 7328 pCheck->mxErr--; 7329 pCheck->nErr++; 7330 va_start(ap, zFormat); 7331 if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ 7332 sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); 7333 } 7334 if( zMsg1 ){ 7335 sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1); 7336 } 7337 sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap); 7338 va_end(ap); 7339 if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){ 7340 pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; 7341 } 7342 } 7343 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ 7344 7345 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK 7346 /* 7347 ** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second 7348 ** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. 7349 ** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if 7350 ** if this is the first reference to the page. 7351 ** 7352 ** Also check that the page number is in bounds. 7353 */ 7354 static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){ 7355 if( iPage==0 ) return 1; 7356 if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ 7357 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); 7358 return 1; 7359 } 7360 if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){ 7361 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); 7362 return 1; 7363 } 7364 return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1; 7365 } 7366 7367 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7368 /* 7369 ** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 7370 ** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message 7371 ** to pCheck. 7372 */ 7373 static void checkPtrmap( 7374 IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ 7375 Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ 7376 u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ 7377 Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ 7378 char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ 7379 ){ 7380 int rc; 7381 u8 ePtrmapType; 7382 Pgno iPtrmapParent; 7383 7384 rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); 7385 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7386 if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; 7387 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); 7388 return; 7389 } 7390 7391 if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ 7392 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7393 "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 7394 iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); 7395 } 7396 } 7397 #endif 7398 7399 /* 7400 ** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. 7401 ** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. 7402 */ 7403 static void checkList( 7404 IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ 7405 int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ 7406 int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ 7407 int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ 7408 char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ 7409 ){ 7410 int i; 7411 int expected = N; 7412 int iFirst = iPage; 7413 while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ 7414 DbPage *pOvflPage; 7415 unsigned char *pOvflData; 7416 if( iPage<1 ){ 7417 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7418 "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", 7419 N+1, expected, iFirst); 7420 break; 7421 } 7422 if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; 7423 if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ 7424 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); 7425 break; 7426 } 7427 pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); 7428 if( isFreeList ){ 7429 int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); 7430 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7431 if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ 7432 checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); 7433 } 7434 #endif 7435 if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ 7436 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7437 "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); 7438 N--; 7439 }else{ 7440 for(i=0; i<n; i++){ 7441 Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]); 7442 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7443 if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ 7444 checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); 7445 } 7446 #endif 7447 checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); 7448 } 7449 N -= n; 7450 } 7451 } 7452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7453 else{ 7454 /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last 7455 ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for 7456 ** the following page matches iPage. 7457 */ 7458 if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ 7459 i = get4byte(pOvflData); 7460 checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); 7461 } 7462 } 7463 #endif 7464 iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); 7465 sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); 7466 } 7467 } 7468 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ 7469 7470 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK 7471 /* 7472 ** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return 7473 ** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages 7474 ** return 1, and so forth. 7475 ** 7476 ** These checks are done: 7477 ** 7478 ** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap 7479 ** but combine to completely cover the page. 7480 ** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. 7481 ** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. 7482 ** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. 7483 ** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. 7484 ** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. 7485 ** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. 7486 ** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is 7487 ** the root of the tree. 7488 */ 7489 static int checkTreePage( 7490 IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ 7491 int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ 7492 char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */ 7493 i64 *pnParentMinKey, 7494 i64 *pnParentMaxKey 7495 ){ 7496 MemPage *pPage; 7497 int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; 7498 int hdr, cellStart; 7499 int nCell; 7500 u8 *data; 7501 BtShared *pBt; 7502 int usableSize; 7503 char zContext[100]; 7504 char *hit = 0; 7505 i64 nMinKey = 0; 7506 i64 nMaxKey = 0; 7507 7508 sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); 7509 7510 /* Check that the page exists 7511 */ 7512 pBt = pCheck->pBt; 7513 usableSize = pBt->usableSize; 7514 if( iPage==0 ) return 0; 7515 if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; 7516 if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ 7517 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7518 "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); 7519 return 0; 7520 } 7521 7522 /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in 7523 ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ 7524 pPage->isInit = 0; 7525 if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ 7526 assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ 7527 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7528 "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); 7529 releasePage(pPage); 7530 return 0; 7531 } 7532 7533 /* Check out all the cells. 7534 */ 7535 depth = 0; 7536 for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ 7537 u8 *pCell; 7538 u32 sz; 7539 CellInfo info; 7540 7541 /* Check payload overflow pages 7542 */ 7543 sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 7544 "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); 7545 pCell = findCell(pPage,i); 7546 btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); 7547 sz = info.nData; 7548 if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey; 7549 /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order. 7550 */ 7551 else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey; 7552 else{ 7553 if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){ 7554 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7555 "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey); 7556 } 7557 nMaxKey = info.nKey; 7558 } 7559 assert( sz==info.nPayload ); 7560 if( (sz>info.nLocal) 7561 && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]) 7562 ){ 7563 int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); 7564 Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); 7565 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7566 if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ 7567 checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); 7568 } 7569 #endif 7570 checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); 7571 } 7572 7573 /* Check sanity of left child page. 7574 */ 7575 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 7576 pgno = get4byte(pCell); 7577 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7578 if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ 7579 checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); 7580 } 7581 #endif 7582 d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey); 7583 if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ 7584 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); 7585 } 7586 depth = d2; 7587 } 7588 } 7589 7590 if( !pPage->leaf ){ 7591 pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); 7592 sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 7593 "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); 7594 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7595 if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ 7596 checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); 7597 } 7598 #endif 7599 checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey); 7600 } 7601 7602 /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order 7603 ** with any left/parent/right pages. 7604 */ 7605 if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){ 7606 /* if we are a left child page */ 7607 if( pnParentMinKey ){ 7608 /* if we are the left most child page */ 7609 if( !pnParentMaxKey ){ 7610 if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){ 7611 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7612 "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)", 7613 nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey); 7614 } 7615 }else{ 7616 if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){ 7617 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7618 "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)", 7619 nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey); 7620 } 7621 if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){ 7622 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7623 "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)", 7624 nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey); 7625 } 7626 *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey; 7627 } 7628 /* else if we're a right child page */ 7629 } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){ 7630 if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){ 7631 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 7632 "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)", 7633 nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey); 7634 } 7635 } 7636 } 7637 7638 /* Check for complete coverage of the page 7639 */ 7640 data = pPage->aData; 7641 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; 7642 hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); 7643 if( hit==0 ){ 7644 pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; 7645 }else{ 7646 u16 contentOffset = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); 7647 assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ 7648 memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset); 7649 memset(hit, 1, contentOffset); 7650 nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); 7651 cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; 7652 for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ 7653 int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]); 7654 u16 size = 1024; 7655 int j; 7656 if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){ 7657 size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]); 7658 } 7659 if( (pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){ 7660 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 7661 "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage); 7662 }else{ 7663 for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; 7664 } 7665 } 7666 i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); 7667 while( i>0 ){ 7668 int size, j; 7669 assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ 7670 size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); 7671 assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ 7672 for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; 7673 j = get2byte(&data[i]); 7674 assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ 7675 assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ 7676 i = j; 7677 } 7678 for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){ 7679 if( hit[i]==0 ){ 7680 cnt++; 7681 }else if( hit[i]>1 ){ 7682 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 7683 "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); 7684 break; 7685 } 7686 } 7687 if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ 7688 checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 7689 "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", 7690 cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); 7691 } 7692 } 7693 sqlite3PageFree(hit); 7694 releasePage(pPage); 7695 return depth+1; 7696 } 7697 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ 7698 7699 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK 7700 /* 7701 ** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is 7702 ** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of 7703 ** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. 7704 ** 7705 ** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling 7706 ** this function. 7707 ** 7708 ** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory 7709 ** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from 7710 ** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is 7711 ** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. 7712 */ 7713 char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( 7714 Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ 7715 int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ 7716 int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ 7717 int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ 7718 int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ 7719 ){ 7720 Pgno i; 7721 int nRef; 7722 IntegrityCk sCheck; 7723 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 7724 char zErr[100]; 7725 7726 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 7727 assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); 7728 nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); 7729 sCheck.pBt = pBt; 7730 sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; 7731 sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); 7732 sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; 7733 sCheck.nErr = 0; 7734 sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; 7735 *pnErr = 0; 7736 if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ 7737 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7738 return 0; 7739 } 7740 sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) ); 7741 if( !sCheck.anRef ){ 7742 *pnErr = 1; 7743 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7744 return 0; 7745 } 7746 for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; } 7747 i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); 7748 if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){ 7749 sCheck.anRef[i] = 1; 7750 } 7751 sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000); 7752 sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2; 7753 7754 /* Check the integrity of the freelist 7755 */ 7756 checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), 7757 get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); 7758 7759 /* Check all the tables. 7760 */ 7761 for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ 7762 if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue; 7763 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7764 if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ 7765 checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); 7766 } 7767 #endif 7768 checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL); 7769 } 7770 7771 /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced 7772 */ 7773 for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ 7774 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7775 if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){ 7776 checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); 7777 } 7778 #else 7779 /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain 7780 ** references to pointer-map pages. 7781 */ 7782 if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && 7783 (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ 7784 checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); 7785 } 7786 if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && 7787 (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ 7788 checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); 7789 } 7790 #endif 7791 } 7792 7793 /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. 7794 ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check 7795 ** of the integrity check. 7796 */ 7797 if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){ 7798 checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 7799 "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", 7800 nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) 7801 ); 7802 } 7803 7804 /* Clean up and report errors. 7805 */ 7806 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7807 sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef); 7808 if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ 7809 sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); 7810 *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1; 7811 return 0; 7812 } 7813 *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; 7814 if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); 7815 return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); 7816 } 7817 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ 7818 7819 /* 7820 ** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. 7821 ** 7822 ** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is 7823 ** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. 7824 */ 7825 const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ 7826 assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); 7827 return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager); 7828 } 7829 7830 /* 7831 ** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return 7832 ** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file 7833 ** has been created or not. 7834 ** 7835 ** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is 7836 ** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. 7837 */ 7838 const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ 7839 assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); 7840 return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); 7841 } 7842 7843 /* 7844 ** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. 7845 */ 7846 int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ 7847 assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); 7848 return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); 7849 } 7850 7851 /* 7852 ** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. 7853 */ 7854 int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ 7855 assert( p ); 7856 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); 7857 return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; 7858 } 7859 7860 int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ 7861 assert( p ); 7862 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); 7863 return p->nBackup!=0; 7864 } 7865 7866 /* 7867 ** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with 7868 ** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own 7869 ** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 7870 ** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. 7871 ** 7872 ** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory 7873 ** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 7874 ** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob 7875 ** of memory returned. 7876 ** 7877 ** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been 7878 ** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been 7879 ** allocated, it is returned as normal. 7880 ** 7881 ** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 7882 ** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 7883 ** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqlite3_free() 7884 ** on the memory, the btree layer does that. 7885 */ 7886 void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ 7887 BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; 7888 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 7889 if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ 7890 pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes); 7891 pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; 7892 } 7893 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7894 return pBt->pSchema; 7895 } 7896 7897 /* 7898 ** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared 7899 ** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the 7900 ** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. 7901 */ 7902 int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ 7903 int rc; 7904 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); 7905 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 7906 rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); 7907 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); 7908 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7909 return rc; 7910 } 7911 7912 7913 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE 7914 /* 7915 ** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The 7916 ** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock 7917 ** if it is false. 7918 */ 7919 int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ 7920 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7921 assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); 7922 if( p->sharable ){ 7923 u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; 7924 assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); 7925 assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); 7926 7927 sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); 7928 rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); 7929 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7930 rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); 7931 } 7932 sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); 7933 } 7934 return rc; 7935 } 7936 #endif 7937 7938 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB 7939 /* 7940 ** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 7941 ** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 7942 ** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. 7943 ** 7944 ** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to 7945 ** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with 7946 ** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, 7947 ** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. 7948 */ 7949 int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ 7950 int rc; 7951 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); 7952 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); 7953 assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle ); 7954 7955 rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); 7956 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7957 return rc; 7958 } 7959 assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); 7960 if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ 7961 return SQLITE_ABORT; 7962 } 7963 7964 /* Check some assumptions: 7965 ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, 7966 ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, 7967 ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), 7968 ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and 7969 ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. 7970 */ 7971 if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){ 7972 return SQLITE_READONLY; 7973 } 7974 assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); 7975 assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); 7976 assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); 7977 assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ); 7978 7979 return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); 7980 } 7981 7982 /* 7983 ** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the 7984 ** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened 7985 ** for incremental blob IO only. 7986 ** 7987 ** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache 7988 ** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function 7989 ** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and 7990 ** sqlite3BtreePutData()). 7991 */ 7992 void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){ 7993 assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); 7994 assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); 7995 assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle); 7996 assert(!pCur->aOverflow); 7997 pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1; 7998 } 7999 #endif 8000 8001 /* 8002 ** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and 8003 ** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database 8004 ** header to iVersion. 8005 */ 8006 int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ 8007 BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; 8008 int rc; /* Return code */ 8009 8010 assert( pBtree->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ); 8011 assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); 8012 8013 /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the 8014 ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2. 8015 */ 8016 pBt->doNotUseWAL = (u8)(iVersion==1); 8017 8018 rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0); 8019 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 8020 u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData; 8021 if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){ 8022 rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2); 8023 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 8024 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); 8025 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 8026 aData[18] = (u8)iVersion; 8027 aData[19] = (u8)iVersion; 8028 } 8029 } 8030 } 8031 } 8032 8033 pBt->doNotUseWAL = 0; 8034 return rc; 8035 } 8036